WO1999058656A2 - Sustained dna delivery from structural matrices - Google Patents

Sustained dna delivery from structural matrices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999058656A2
WO1999058656A2 PCT/US1999/010330 US9910330W WO9958656A2 WO 1999058656 A2 WO1999058656 A2 WO 1999058656A2 US 9910330 W US9910330 W US 9910330W WO 9958656 A2 WO9958656 A2 WO 9958656A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
matrix
composition
nucleic acid
cells
gene
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1999/010330
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999058656A3 (en
Inventor
Lonnie D. Shea
Jeffrey Bonadio
David J. Mooney
Original Assignee
The Regents Of The University Of Michigan
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Regents Of The University Of Michigan filed Critical The Regents Of The University Of Michigan
Priority to AU38986/99A priority Critical patent/AU3898699A/en
Publication of WO1999058656A2 publication Critical patent/WO1999058656A2/en
Publication of WO1999058656A3 publication Critical patent/WO1999058656A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B82NANOTECHNOLOGY
    • B82YSPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
    • B82Y5/00Nanobiotechnology or nanomedicine, e.g. protein engineering or drug delivery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/69Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit
    • A61K47/6949Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit inclusion complexes, e.g. clathrates, cavitates or fullerenes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K48/00Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/87Introduction of foreign genetic material using processes not otherwise provided for, e.g. co-transformation

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates to the fields of porous polymer materials and their biological uses. More specifically, it concerns particular 3-dimensional structural matrices containing DNA, and the controlled and prolonged release of DNA from the matrices.
  • the invention thus provides defined DNA-matrix materials and methods of using such compositions in cell transfection, gene expression and in vivo gene therapy, as exemplified by uses in wound healing and bone repair.
  • Biomaterials in the in vitro expansion of cultured cells is generally to serve as a vehicle to localize the cells of interest. Biomaterials can also be used in vivo to deliver biologically active substances.
  • the degradation products of these polymers are also natural metabolites and are readily removed from the body.
  • SC/PL Session et al, 1994
  • phase separation Li et al, 1995
  • fiber extrusion and fabric forming processing Cavallaso et al, 1994
  • gas foaming Mooney et al
  • the solvent-casting/particulate leaching and phase separation approaches require the use of organic solvents. Residues of organic solvents that remain in these polymers after processing may damage transplanted cells and nearby tissue and/or inactivate biologically active factors incorporated into the polymer matrix for controlled release. Fiber forming typically requires high temperatures (above the transition temperature of polymer), and is not amenable to processing amorphous polymers. The high temperatures used in such processes would likely denature any biologically active molecules incorporated into the matrix.
  • the gas foaming method as exemplified by Mooney et al. (1996), provides a technique to fabricate highly porous matrices from PLGA using a high pressure gas that avoids the use of organic solvents and high temperatures.
  • the technique typically yields a closed pore structure, which is disadvantageous in many applications of cell transplantation.
  • a solid skin of polymer results on the exterior surface ofthe foamed matrix and this may lead to mass transport limitations.
  • the present invention seeks to overcome these and other drawbacks inherent in the prior art by providing improved polymer materials for use in biodelivery protocols.
  • the invention particularly provides matrices with controlled structural properties in functional association with DNA.
  • Exemplary structural matrices of the invention include alginate matrices and three-dimensional structural matrices with controlled pore structures, including interconnected or open pore structures, each of which are functionally combined with DNA.
  • the predesigned structural matrix-DNA compositions of the invention have advantages in the prolonged release of DNA, allowing cell exposure to DNA for extended time periods.
  • the porosity and other physical properties of the preferred DNA-matrices are also controllable, allowing the number and type of cell populations that are exposed to the DNA to be regulated.
  • the matrix-DNA compositions of this invention represent an important advance in the state of the art of in vivo cell transfection, gene expression and gene therapy.
  • the invention is broadly based upon any porous structural matrix. All approaches to form porous matrices may be used in the invention, such as, e.g., solvent cast and particulate leaching, phase inversion and other techniques to fabricate porous scaffolds. Preferred embodiments of the invention utilize matrices with pores formed with a gas foaming-particulate leaching process. Other preferred embodiments ofthe invention utilize various types of alginate matrices.
  • compositions that comprise at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural matrix, wherein:
  • At least a portion of the structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer;
  • At least a portion of the structural matrix is an alginate or modified alginate matrix.
  • Certain currently preferred methods for preparing porous polymer materials and matrices are those that involve a combination of gas foaming (GF) and particulate leaching (PL) steps, i.e., "GF/PL processes".
  • GF/PL processes gas foaming and particulate leaching steps.
  • the so-called "GF/PL” polymers thus produced have two types of porosity: the first formed by the gas- foaming processing and the second formed by the action of particulate leaching.
  • compositions in which at least a portion of the structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer, are currently preferred for use in the present invention. At least some portions of such structural matrices may be comprised of a porous polymer that has a substantially uniform open pore structure. Structural matrices consisting essentially of a porous polymer that has an open pore structure are also provided.
  • the structural matrices have controlled pore structures.
  • DNA-containing polymers with interconnected and open pore structures will be preferred.
  • the combination of the two foregoing porosity types can be regulated by controlling the processing conditions and materials used.
  • a range of porous polymeric materials can be generated, each having particular advantageous properties.
  • Structural matrices that comprise at least a first matrix portion comprised of the porous polymer integrally connected to at least a second matrix portion comprised of an impermeable polymer are also included. Further provided are structural matrices that comprise at least a first matrix portion comprised of a porous polymeric material that has a substantially uniform open pore structure, wherein at least a second matrix portion is comprised of the same polymeric material in a form that lacks an open pore structure.
  • the controlled pore or alginate polymeric structures may be suitably admixed with the DNA, RNA or genetic material, to yield the DNA-matrix or gene- matrix preparation.
  • the DNA or gene may thus be adsorbed, absorbed or otherwise impregnated within the matrix.
  • the polymeric structures are formulated with DNA, RNA or genetic material, to yield the DNA-matrix or gene- matrix preparations.
  • the association of the DNA or gene is generally physically immobilized within the polymer during the fabrication process, although it may also be incorporated by impregnation, adsorption, or absorption.
  • the DNA is preferably formulated into the matrices ofthe invention during the fabrication process.
  • An important advantage of inco ⁇ oration during fabrication is that the subsequent DNA release is actually controlled by the fabrication materials and steps, i.e., by controlling polymer degradation and pore size, rather than later being a function only of desorption from the polymer surface.
  • the overall fabrication is thus generally achieved by adding the genetic material to the mixture of polymer particles and leachable particulate materials prior to molding and compression, and by executing the methodology described herein.
  • closed pore polymer-DNA combinations can be directly used in sustained DNA delivery embodiments, both in vitro and in vivo.
  • the preparation of a closed pore matrix structure does not utilize any leachable particulate and can be simply achieved using a one step foaming process.
  • a matrix with an open pore structure will be employed.
  • Open pore structure DNA-matrices can be created using either a one step GF/PL process or a two step GF/PL process.
  • the polymer, leachable particulate and DNA are mixed, foamed and leached.
  • a two step GF/PL process the polymer and DNA are first foamed and then broken into pieces. The ground pieces are then mixed with a leachable particulate, foamed again, and the particulate removed by leaching.
  • a mixture of DNA, RNA, plasmids, vectors, viral particles or other genetic material is admixed with polymer particles and leachable particulate material(s).
  • the three component mixture is then molded, optionally with compression, to a desired size and shape.
  • the mixture is preferably molded by compression molding at room temperature, or other suitable temperature to effect the molding, to the size and shape that is substantially the same as that desired for its ultimate use.
  • the molded mixture is then subject to a high pressure gas atmosphere so that the gas dissolves in the polymer.
  • a thermodynamic instability is created, for example by reduction of the pressure, so that the dissolved gas nucleates and forms gas pores within the polymer.
  • the gas pores cause expansion of the polymer particles, and as they expand they fuse, creating a continuous polymer matrix containing the particulate material.
  • the particulate material is leached from the polymer with a leaching agent creating a further porosity.
  • the DNA, RNA or other genetic material is substantially unaffected by each ofthe foregoing processes.
  • the polymer and particulate materials are selected so that the particulate can be leached with a leaching agent that does not significantly dissolve the polymer or otherwise significantly adversely impact either the polymeric material or genetic material admixed therewith.
  • the mixture is preferably as uniform as possible and can be provided by conventional means.
  • any polymer with which DNA can be mixed, into which gas can be dissolved and pores formed thereby, and in which a particulate can be inco ⁇ orated and leached therefrom can be used in the process. It is generally preferred, to facilitate dissolution of the gas, that the polymer be an amo ⁇ hous or predominantly amo ⁇ hous polymer. However, if it is desired to use a crystalline polymer, the crystallinity can be reduced to a level such that the gas can be dissolved therein and then the crystallinity restored after formation ofthe pores.
  • the polymer may be selected to be biodegradable or non-biodegradable. Biodegradable polymers will often be preferred.
  • the polymer is preferably biocompatible to the environment in which it is used, such as the human in vivo environment.
  • a preferred useful class of polymers for use in the invention are homopolymers and copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid, for example, poly-L- lactic acid (PLLA), poly-D,L-lactic acid (PDLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA) and copolymers of D,L-lactide and glycolide (PLGA), particularly with 50% or more of the lactide in the copolymer.
  • Polylactic-polyglycolic acid known as PLGA
  • PLG poly(lactide-co-glycolide)
  • Other useful polymers for example, are aliphatic polyesters, such as polyhydroxybutyrate, poly-e-caprolactone. Further, polyanhydrides, polyphosphazines, polypeptides may be used.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer also has an effect on scaffold porosity.
  • Polymers with a high molecular weight do not form scaffolds with as high porosity as the same polymers with a lower molecular weight.
  • the longer polymer chains of the high molecular weight polymer likely entangle to a greater extent, thus providing a stronger resistance to expansion than the shorter polymer chains. Such can also be considered in choosing a polymeric matrix for use with the invention.
  • advantageous pore formation is achieved by the use of a low molecular weight amo ⁇ hous copolymer of lactide and glycolide.
  • Blends of different polymers may also be used, as may polymers that contain other agents, particularly those that affect the mechanical properties of the resulting matrix.
  • blends of different PLGA polymers that have distinct properties can be used to take advantage ofthe properties of each polymer.
  • other polymers can be blended with, e.g., PLGA polymers, particularly for modifying the mechanical properties thereof.
  • blends of PLGA polymers and alginate materials can provide a tougher matrix with greater elasticity and ability to withstand greater strain before breaking.
  • the present invention therefore contemplates the use of blends of polymers that result in matrices with better pliability and/or strength.
  • Blends using materials that act as plasticizers, toughening agents or modifiers of other properties may be preferred for certain aspects of the invention. Such materials can either be polymers or smaller molecule agents that may act in a temporary manner and then diffuse from a matrix.
  • the leachable particulate for use in the invention will be any particulate material that can be leached from the polymer matrix with a leaching agent and that does not significantly adversely affect the polymer or the genetic material in the admixture.
  • a leaching agent a leaching agent that does not significantly adversely affect the polymer or the genetic material in the admixture.
  • salts soluble in an aqueous medium preferably water.
  • NaCl, Na citrate, Na tartrate, and KCl are useful particulate materials.
  • Other useful particulates leachable by dissolution include, for example, gelatin, collagen and alginate particulates.
  • the size of any particulate will generally affect the size ofthe pores formed upon leaching of the particulate.
  • the particulate has an average size of from about 10 to about 500 microns. This size will correspond approximately to the size ofthe pores formed by the leaching thereof.
  • a gas is dissolved in the polymer, preferably in the molded, mixture of polymer, particulate and DNA, by subjecting the polymer or mixture to a pressurized atmosphere of a gas that is inert to the system and that will dissolve in the polymer under suitable conditions.
  • suitable gases include CO 2 , air, nitrogen, helium, argon and oxygen.
  • volatile liquids that provide a gas at the gas foaming temperature may be used, e.g., water.
  • gases or volatile liquids that form gases known to be useful as blowing agents may also be used. These include, for example, fluorinated, including perfluorinated, hydrocarbons.
  • aliphatic or cycloaliphatic fluorinated hydrocarbons of up to 8 carbon atoms such as trifluoromethane, difiuoromethane, difluoroethane, tetrafluoroethane, heptafluoroethane, perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane, perfluorocyclobutane, perfluoropentane, perfluorohexane, perfluoroheptane, pefluorooctane, perfluorocyclopentane, perfluorocyclohexane, hexafluoropropane and heptafluoropropane.
  • trifluoromethane such as trifluoromethane, difiuoromethane, difluoroethane, tetrafluoroethane, heptafluoroethane, perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane, per
  • Sulfur hexafluoride may also be a useful blowing agent.
  • Other known blowing agents include alkanes such as propane, butanes and pentanes; cycloalkanes and cycloalkenes such as cyclobutane, cyclopentene and cyclohexene; dialkyl ethers such as dimethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether and diethyl ether; cycloalkylene ethers such as furan; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; and carboxylates such as formic acid, acetic acid and propionic acid. All such agents may be used in these aspects ofthe invention.
  • the pressure is generally selected to facilitate dissolution of gas into the polymer and will, thus, depend upon the gas used, the polymer used and the temperature. Pressures of from about 600 to about 900 psi are generally useful for CO 2 and PLGA polymers, although this is not limiting on the invention. Gases at super- or sub-critical conditions can also be used. Furthermore, a volatile liquid that can be dissolved in the polymer and that forms a gas upon imposition of the thermodynamic instability can also be used. As an example, CO 2 can be dissolved in a mixture of poly[D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid] polymer and NaCl particulate at a pressure of about 800 psi applied for about 48 h to allow saturation. The specific gas used in foaming can be an important variable in the production of porous matrices for use herewith and the choice of gas used has an effect on the final scaffold structure. CO 2 produces highly porous matrices, whereas
  • N 2 and He do not yield measurable pore formation.
  • the mechanism underlying these results does not need to be known in order to practice the invention, the greater degree of foaming experienced with CO 2 as compared to both N2 and He may be the result of a specific interaction between CO 2 and the carbonyl groups of
  • thermodynamic instability In order to initiate nucleation of the dissolved gas and growth of gas pores in the material, a thermodynamic instability is created. This phenomenon is described by Park et al. (1995; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference). Preferably, this is done by lowering the pressure ofthe gas atmosphere, for example, down to about atmospheric pressure over a short time period. The time period being, for example, from a few seconds to about 15 or 30 minutes or so.
  • the gas phase separates from the polymer via pore nucleation and growth ofthe pores occurs through diffusion of gas into areas adjacent the nucleation sites. The pore growth in turn reduces the polymer density.
  • the pore structure and pore size of the gas pores formed will be a factor of, for example, the type of gas used; the amount of gas, which will depend upon temperature and initial and final pressure ofthe gas atmosphere applied; the solubility of the gas in the particular polymer; the rate and type of pore nucleation; and the diffusion rate of the gas through the polymer to the nuclei. These and other factors can be adjusted to provide gas pores of a suitable size. Sufficient gas should be dissolved to cause formation of a continuous polymer matrix when the polymer expands during gas pore growth. As a result of the thermodynamic instability, pore nucleation and gas pore formation and expansion, the polymer containing the particulate material and DNA forms a continuous phase, i.e. matrix, around the gas pores.
  • the particulate is leached from the polymer with a leaching agent.
  • leaching agent is any agent that will leach, e.g., dissolve and remove, the particulate from the polymer.
  • the methods are executed such that the leaching agent that leaches the particulate from the polymer does not leach or otherwise remove a substantial amount of the genetic material from the polymer.
  • the preferred embodiments of the present invention involve the expression ofthe DNA or genetic material in target cells contacted by the gene-matrix preparation, and as gene expression provides for long- term effects, loss of some genetic material from the matrix during the leaching process will not be detrimental to practice ofthe invention.
  • the dissolving particulates can be chosen to have a minimal effect on the surrounding tissue and to diffuse away. They may also be chosen to actually activate cell migration into the scaffolds, such that the particulate that leaches out modulates cellular invasion by controlling chemotaxis of cells to the site and such like.
  • the same processes are used to fabricate the matrices, but leaching is not conducted before implantation. Rather, the solid material (containing polymer, DNA and particulate) is implanted. The particulate is then allowed to leach or dissolve in the body simply by exposure to body fluids, thus creating the porous structure.
  • the criteria for the particulate in such processes are that it be biocompatible and soluble in aqueous solutions. Sugars are preferred, such as sucrose, mannitol, glucose etc.
  • there is further control over the kinetics of DNA release as the DNA release is controlled by the rate of dissolution of the particulate in the body following implantation. Rapidly dissolving particulates allow faster DNA release, while slower dissolving particulates retard DNA release. In addition, this allows virtually 100% efficiency of DNA delivery, as no DNA is lost in the particulate leaching step, which accounts for most ofthe DNA lost during processing.
  • the preparative methods comprise providing at least a first nucleic acid segment to a structural matrix, wherein at least a portion of the structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
  • These methods comprise leaching out the particulate material from a composition comprising a gas foamed polymeric material, at least a first nucleic acid segment and a leachable particulate material.
  • Such methods comprise the steps of:
  • gas-foaming and particulate leaching provides a controlled range of DNA-containing matrices with interconnected and open pore structures, the particular composition of which is dictated by the processing conditions and materials employed.
  • Interconnected and open pore structures are preferably prepared by using a mixture of polymer and leachable particulate wherein the amount of leachable particulate is at least about 50% by volume. A higher amount of leachable particulate can be used to obtain a fully interconnected structure, up to about 99%.
  • the process of the invention can provide materials with a total porosity of, for example, from above 0 to 97% or even higher.
  • matrices with a total porosity of about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96% or about 97% or so.
  • the DNA-containing materials of the invention also generally exhibit much higher strength properties, e.g., tensile strength, as compared to previous materials.
  • preferred materials according to the invention have a tensile modulus in the range of about 850 kPa, and more preferably, up to and including about 1100 kPa, or even higher.
  • the preferred materials also exhibit improved compression resistance.
  • preferred materials have a compression modulus of, for example, about 250 kPa, and more preferably, up to and including about 289 kPa, or even higher.
  • Typical prior art materials exhibit a tensile modulus of only about 334 + 52 kPa and a compression modulus of only about 159 ⁇ 130 kPa.
  • Polysaccharides, such as alginates, modified to bind biological agents may also be used in the invention. Alginates modified so that they have controllable physical properties, such as sol-gel properties, and the like, are contemplated.
  • Alginates comprising at least one alginate chain section bonded to at least one molecule useful for cellular interaction (cell adhesion molecules, cell attachment peptides, proteoglycan attachment peptide sequences, proteoglycans, and polysaccharides exhibiting cell adhesion) are also envisioned. Particular examples are RGD peptides, fibronectin, vitronectin, Laminin A, Laminin BI, Laminin B2, collagen 1 or thrombospondin. Various polypeptide or peptide growth factors or enzymes may also be used as the cellular interacting molecules.
  • porous hydrogel materials formed by first creating gas pockets in the gel and then removing the gas to create a material with an open, interconnected pore structure is also included.
  • Such matrices maintained their pore structure over extended time periods and have high mechanical integrity.
  • U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/128,681, filed April 09, 1999, is specifically inco ⁇ orated herein by reference without disclaimer for the purposes of describing the preparation and use of such unique polymeric materials and matrices thereof.
  • the nucleic acid segment may be a DNA or RNA molecule, an antisense nucleic acid molecule, a nucleic acid segment comprised within a plasmid or recombinant expression vector, such as a recombinant viral expression vector, e.g., a nucleic acid segment that is operatively positioned downstream from a promoter within a recombinant adenovirus, a recombinant adeno- associated virus (AAV) or a recombinant retrovirus.
  • a recombinant viral expression vector e.g., a nucleic acid segment that is operatively positioned downstream from a promoter within a recombinant adenovirus, a recombinant adeno- associated virus (AAV) or a recombinant retrovirus.
  • the nucleic acid segments may encode a non-translated therapeutic product, such as an antisense a ribozyme, or a selected protein or polypeptide.
  • Marker proteins are included, as are therapeutic proteins and polypeptides, particularly human proteins and polypeptides.
  • Exemplary nucleic acid segments encode proteins or polypeptides that stimulate growth or proliferation of cells, such as bone progenitor cells when expressed in such cells; that stimulate wound healing fibroblasts or repair cells when expressed in such cells; that stimulate an antigenic or immunogenic response when expressed by cells of the immune system, such as antigen presenting cells; and cytotoxic or apoptosis-inducing proteins or polypeptides that induce cell death upon expression in a target cell.
  • nucleic acid segments that encode a transcription or elongation factor, cell cycle control protein, kinase, phosphatase, DNA repair protein, oncogene, tumor suppressor, angiogenic protein, anti-angiogenic protein, immune response stimulating protein, cell surface receptor, accessory signaling molecule, transport protein, enzyme, anti-bacterial or anti-viral protein or polypeptide.
  • nucleic acid segments that encode a hormone, neurotransmitter, growth factor, growth factor receptor, interferon, interleukin, chemokine, cytokine, colony stimulating factor or chemotactic factor protein or polypeptide.
  • GH growth hormone
  • PTH parathyroid hormone
  • BMP bone mo ⁇ hogenetic protein
  • BMP-2A BMP-2A, BMP-2B, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7 and BMP-8
  • TGF- ⁇ TGF- ⁇ l
  • activin/inhibin proteins and polypeptides fibroblast growth factor (FGF); granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor (GMCSF); epidermal growth factor (EGF); platelet derived growth factor (PDGF); insulin-like growth factor (IGF) and leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF).
  • FGF fibroblast growth factor
  • GMCSF granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • PDGF platelet derived growth factor
  • IGF insulin-like growth factor
  • LIF leukemia inhibitory factor
  • compositions comprising at least a first and second and/or third nucleic acid segment are provided, as are those comprising a plurality of nucleic acid segments.
  • the compositions also comprise populations of cells, both in vitro and in vivo.
  • Portions of the nucleic acid segments may be taken up by the cells comprised within such compositions either before or after transplantation to an animal or human, or during both stages.
  • the present invention also provides gene transfer kits that comprise any gene- matrix composition in accordance herewith in at least a first suitable container.
  • Implantable medical devices comprising gene-matrix compositions in accordance herewith are also provided in bioimplantable forms.
  • compositions, kits and devices ofthe invention have various uses, such as in the controlled release of nucleic acids; in expressing nucleic acid segments in cells; in culturing recombinant cells that express nucleic acid segments; in gene transfer to cells within tissue sites of animals and humans.
  • compositions, kits and devices thus extend to the manufacture of medicaments for all aspects of gene therapy, such as stimulating bone tissue growth; promoting wound healing, tissue regeneration and organ regeneration; generating immune responses; killing aberrant, malignant and virally-infected cells; and in cell transplantation, tissue engineering and guided tissue regeneration.
  • the methods of the invention include the controlled release of nucleic acids, allowing the release of at least a first nucleic acid segment from a nucleic acid- structural matrix composition that comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion fabricated from a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
  • the release of the nucleic acids from the nucleic acid-structural matrix in all embodiments may be controlled by controlling the rate of degradation or dissolution the structural matrix, by controlling diffusion through the pores in the structural matrix or by deso ⁇ tion from said structural matrix.
  • Methods for providing at least a first nucleic acid segment to a cell comprising contacting a cell with a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to release at least a first nucleic acid segment from the nucleic acid-structural matrix composition.
  • nucleic acid-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first nucleic acid segment in the cell.
  • the cell may be located in a tissue site of an animal or human, wherein the nucleic acid-structural matrix composition is provided thereto.
  • In vitro culture methods comprise growing cells in contact with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention.
  • the cells may be separated from the therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition and used in vitro and/or provided to an animal.
  • the cells may also be maintained in contact with the therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition, which may be provided to an animal or patient.
  • Expression methods comprising contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first nucleic acid segment in cells within the tissue site. Transcriptional and translated protein and polypeptide products are thus expressed, including therapeutic proteins and polypeptides.
  • Target cells include bone progenitor cells (e.g., stem cells, macrophages, granulation tissue fibroblasts, vascular cells, osteoblasts, chondroblasts and osteoclasts) located within bone progenitor tissue sites or bone fracture sites; repair cells or fibroblasts located within wound tissue sites, such as sites of connective tissue injury or organ damage; immune and antigen presenting cells; and aberrant, malignant and infected cells.
  • bone progenitor cells e.g., stem cells, macrophages, granulation tissue fibroblasts, vascular cells, osteoblasts, chondroblasts and osteoclasts
  • repair cells or fibroblasts located within wound tissue sites such as sites of connective tissue injury or organ damage
  • immune and antigen presenting cells e.g., fibroblasts located within wound tissue sites, such as sites of connective tissue injury or organ damage
  • aberrant, malignant and infected cells e.g., malignant and infected cells.
  • Methods for stimulating bone progenitor cells located within a bone progenitor tissue site of an animal or human comprise contacting the tissue site with an osteotropic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first osteotropic gene in the cells.
  • Fibroblast stimulation methods comprise contacting a wound tissue site of an animal or human with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first therapeutic gene in the fibroblast cells.
  • Methods for promoting wound healing comprise applying a biocompatible structural matrix containing a therapeutic gene expression construct to a wound site in an animal or human so that repair cells that migrate to the wound site infiltrate the matrix, acquire a therapeutic gene expression construct, and express the encoded gene product encoded in vivo, thereby promoting wound healing.
  • Immunization methods comprise contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with an immunogenic gene-structural matrix composition ofthe invention in a manner effective to express at least a first immunogenic gene in immune or antigen presenting cells that migrate into the tissue site, thereby causing the immune or antigen presenting cells to stimulate an antigenic or immunogenic response in the animal or human.
  • the immunogenic gene-structural matrix composition may comprise a plurality of immunogenic genes obtained from one or more pathogenic organisms.
  • Cytotoxic methods for treating diseased cells in an animal or human comprise contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with a cytotoxic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first cytotoxic gene in diseased cells within the tissue site. Cancer cells and virally-infected cells are treated thereby, including where the cytotoxic genes have direct cytotoxic effects, induce apoptosis and/or inhibit proliferation ofthe diseased cells.
  • Methods for transplanting cells into an animal or human comprise applying to a tissue site of an animal or human a cell-therapeutic gene-structural matrix combination ofthe invention.
  • the cells ofthe cell-therapeutic gene-structural matrix combination may be recombinant cells that comprise the therapeutic gene(s) applied to the matrix.
  • Tissue engineering methods for animals and humans comprise contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to both express at least a first therapeutic gene in cells within the tissue site and to provide a matrix for tissue growth.
  • Guided tissue regeneration comprises contacting a regenerating tissue site of an animal or human with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to both express at least a first therapeutic gene in cells within the regenerating tissue site and to provide a matrix for tissue regeneration.
  • FIG. 1 Cumulative release of plasmid DNA from PLGA polymer sponges fabricated by the gas foaming procedure.
  • i.v. means intrinsic viscosity, a frequently used measure of molecular weight.
  • FIG. 2A Percentage of cells transfected
  • the percentage of cells transfected was calculated by calcium precipitating uninco ⁇ orated plasmid DNA (+control) and plasmid DNA collected at different times of release.
  • Quantification of enzymatic activity (FIG. 2B). The quantification of enzymatic activity ofthe produced protein was determined by a mock transfection (-control), transfection using uninco ⁇ orated plasmid DNA (+ control) and plasmid DNA collected at different times of release.
  • the relative light units (RLU) was recorded from a luminometer and normalized per milligram of total protein. Values represent mean and standard deviation.
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B DNA encoding platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) released from a controlled pore PLGA polymer matrix stimulates blood vessel growth in vivo.
  • PDGF platelet derived growth factor
  • FIG. 3A blood vessel area
  • FIG. 3A shows the statistically significant increase in vessel number stimulated by released PDGF relative to the control ⁇ -galactosidase at both 2 weeks (p ⁇ 0.05) and 4 weeks (p ⁇ 0.01).
  • FIG. 3B shows the statistically significant increase in vessel area stimulated by released PDGF relative to the control ⁇ -galactosidase at both 2 weeks (p ⁇ 0.05) and 4 weeks (p ⁇ 0.01).
  • Statistical analysis was performed using the software program Instat.
  • FIG. 4 DNA encoding PDGF released from a controlled pore PLGA polymer matrix stimulates granulation tissue growth in vivo.
  • PLGA polymer matrices 75:25
  • FIG. 5 A and FIG. 5B Injection of DNA encoding PDGF is unable to stimulate granulation tissue or blood vessel growth in vivo. Plasmid DNA encoding PDGF or a control (nuclear targeted ⁇ -galactosidase) was directly injected into rats; samples were retrieved at 2 and 4 weeks and analyzed for granulation layer thickness (FIG. 5A) and the number of blood vessels (FIG. 5B). Values represent mean and standard deviations. FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B show that the direct injection of PDGF plasmid DNA is unable to increase the granulation layer thickness or vessel number relative to control ⁇ -galactosidase at either 2 weeks or 4 weeks.
  • FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B Release kinetics of DNA from discs of alginate hydrogels. Data are plotted as mass of DNA released ( ⁇ g) versus time (days). FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B demonstrate continuous and sustained release of plasmid DNA up to 30 days and >160 days, respectively.
  • Matrices serve to deliver cells to a specific anatomical site, create and maintain a space for tissue development, and guide tissue formation before degrading (Kim and Mooney, 1998). Limitations of this approach include the need to isolate and expand cells in vitro, and poor survival of many cell types following transplantation (Mooney et al, 1997).
  • tissue-inductive proteins e.g., BMPs, PDGF
  • PDGF tissue-inductive proteins
  • DNA is generally limited by a number of factors, including delivery of DNA to the appropriate site at a desired concentration, poor transfection efficiency ofthe plasmid, expression of the transgene for short times, and exposure of the plasmid to the appropriate cell types.
  • the present invention provides a series of pre-designed structural matrices that allow the exposure of cells to genetic material, such as plasmid DNA, for extended periods of time.
  • these matrices control the numbers and populations of cells that are exposed to the genes or DNA contained therein, and thus control the cells that can express the desired gene.
  • the inventors' novel approach involves inco ⁇ orating plasmid DNA into 3-dimensional structural matrices that have a pre-defined structure and are fabricated from polymers with controlled physical and chemical properties.
  • the resultant structural matrix-DNA composition creates and maintains a space for cellular transfection to occur, and the matrix design controls the numbers and populations of cells exposed to the plasmid DNA.
  • the cellular invasion rate is particularly controlled by the pore size ofthe matrix.
  • Such controlled, structural matrices that inco ⁇ orate DNA are ideal for use in tissue engineering as they provide for the sustained release of genetic material and the transfection of large numbers of cells in vivo. They also have the advantage that the sustained delivery of DNA from the controlled polymer matrix is able to transfect large numbers of cells, including those more distant from the administration site, leading to production of therapeutic proteins (tissue-inductive proteins) that will ultimately enhance tissue development.
  • the three-dimensional structural matrices are composed of poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) that has been fabricated in a manner effective to control the pore size and structure by the processing technique.
  • PLGA poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid)
  • GF-PL gas foaming/particulate leaching
  • the processing conditions for preparation of the matrix can be varied to produce matrices with either an open pore, a closed pore structure, or a combination of open and closed pores.
  • the pore structure is a major design criteria, as it controls the ability of cells to invade the polymeric matrix following implantation (Mooney and Langer, 1995). This control over the rate of cellular invasion into the matrix is an important feature ofthe present invention.
  • the matrices can also be fabricated with a variety of copolymers of lactide and glycolide, allowing the polymer composition and molecular weight to control the degradation rate of the matrix. As the degradation rate of the polymer is varied, the rate of plasmid delivery will change. Hence, the delivery rate can be controlled. This, in turn, affects the time over which the incoming cells are newly exposed to released plasmid DNA.
  • the matrices thus have "variable biodegradability", wherein a "biodegradable” matrix is generally defined as one that is capable of ultimately being resorbed into the body.
  • copolymers of lactide and glycolide allows matrices to be fabricated that permit the time period of nucleic acid release from the matrix to be varied. This depends, in part, on the molecular weight ofthe polymer and the composition ratio of lactic acid/glycolic acid. Generally, a higher ratio of lactic acid/glycolic acid, such as for example 75/25, will provide for a longer period of controlled of sustained release of the nucleic acids, whereas a lower ratio of lactic acid/glycolic acid will provide for more rapid release ofthe nucleic acids.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer generally a higher molecular weight polymer will provide for a longer period of controlled or sustained release.
  • the preferable average molecular weight of polymer ranges from about 7,000 to 25,000; when 90/10, from about 6,000 to 30,000; and when
  • i.v. intrinsic viscosity
  • the polymeric structure can be formed from a polymer or copolymer (e.g., PLGA) that degrades at a rate different to the polymer or copolymer utilized to form the bulk of the matrix.
  • PLGA polymer or copolymer
  • Polymers or copolymers such as PLGA may also be combined with alginates or modified alginates to achieve similar differential control.
  • Such systems provide an additional level of control over the DNA release kinetics from the matrices. This gives additional control over their bioactivity, as genes contained within the polymeric structure can be designed to provide a controlled release effect therefrom in addition to the release kinetics provided by the matrix. The release in this situation will likely be controlled by either disassociation of the DNA from the bead, release from the PLGA, or both. Thus, a high degree of control over release kinetics is provided over a potentially wide range.
  • genes can be included in a matrix (in multiple types of the described particles and/or in polymer comprising the bulk of matrix) that will release at varying times. This will be useful to create a cascade of different protein production, or waves of release of the same protein (e.g., for use in immunizations). Inco ⁇ oration of DNA into such particles (e.g., alginate beads) may also be more suitable for maintaining long-term bioactivity than immobilization directly in the polymer comprising the bulk of foamed matrix.
  • Nondegradable polymers, or matrices comprised partly of nondegradable polymers are intended for use in situations in which permanent implants, or portions thereof, are desired. Additionally, some matrix materials are not degraded, but are remodeled.
  • hydroxyapatite is not degraded, but is used by osteoblasts and used to remodel new bone.
  • Such materials can be combined with the GF/PL matrix-DNA compositions of the present invention, or used in conjunction therewith, e.g., in various implantable devices.
  • porous types of structural matrices are much preferred in the invention.
  • porous structural matrix may be used in the broadest aspects of the invention. Matrices formed by solvent cast and particulate leaching techniques, as well as phase inversion and other porous scaffold fabrication techniques, can therefore be employed. Controlled pore matrices formed by GF/PL are particularly preferred, as described.
  • the three-dimensional structural matrices for use in the invention are alginate or other hydrogel matrices.
  • alginate was typically used in the physical form of a hydrogel, with small pores (nm size scale) that do not allow for cell movement in or out ofthe material. Therefore, where the present invention contemplates alginate and other hydrogels, modified or porous alginates and hydrogels are particularly envisioned.
  • Alginates modified so that they have controllable physical properties, such as sol-gel properties, and the like, are one such form contemplated.
  • Alginates comprising at least one alginate chain section bonded to at least one molecule useful for cellular interaction (cell adhesion molecules, cell attachment peptides, proteoglycan attachment peptide sequences, proteoglycans, and polysaccharides exhibiting cell adhesion) are thus envisioned.
  • the modified alginates of Example XVIII are examples ofthe alginates contemplated.
  • the structural matrices are composed of alginates or hydrogels that have been fabricated in a manner effective to control the pore size and structure by the processing technique. Preferred methods of fabricating such alginate and hydrogel matrices also involve a technique that creates gas pockets in the gel and then removes the gas.
  • the removal of the gas creates a porous material, and the initial inco ⁇ oration of sufficient gas allows one to create a material with an open, interconnected pore structure.
  • Advantageous features of the resulting materials include that the pore structure is maintained over extended time periods and that the gels maintain a high mechanical integrity that allows biological implantation without destruction or compression ofthe material.
  • the DNA- matrices of the invention can be prepared to yield different quantities of plasmid DNA, from a relatively short delivery time, i.e., a pulse, to a sustained delivery over a number of months or even years.
  • Changing the polymer type is the preferred mechanism for changing the length of time of DNA delivery in general.
  • the choice of polymer type can also be used to control the length of time that an impermeable layer is maintained in the body. This can therefore be used to control the rate of DNA release from certain portions of the matrices or devices, in order to give a "spatially controlled release", as may be used, e.g., to preferentially release the genetic material in the vicinity of a certain target cell population.
  • Example XIV and Example XIX The inventors have already demonstrated a sustained, continuous release of plasmid DNA from structurally controlled matrices (Example XIV and Example XIX), and have further shown that the released plasmid DNA is intact and capable of transfecting cells in vitro (Example XV). Importantly, implantation of the DNA-releasing matrices leads to transfection of the cells within and surrounding the matrix in vivo (Example XVI and Example XVII). Matrix-mediated delivery of a plasmid encoding for platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), a potent factor in tissue repair, is used herein to significantly enhance granulation tissue deposition and blood vessel growth in developing tissues
  • PDGF platelet-derived growth factor
  • Example XVII This result is in marked contrast to direct injection of the same PDGF plasmid, which did not stimulate tissue formation (Example XVII).
  • Such results demonstrate that the make-up and structure of engineered tissues can be controlled in vivo using the present invention.
  • tissue engineering and regeneration and other gene therapy applications, such as DNA vaccination and correction of metabolic deficiencies via gene therapy.
  • A. Structurally Controlled Matrices The present invention allows DNA to be utilized for tissue engineering applications as it provides techniques to deliver stable plasmids that transfect sufficient cells to produce inductive doses of desired proteins.
  • One set of matrices preferred for use in the invention are polymers processed utilizing high pressure gas foaming. This provides a means of efficient plasmid DNA inco ⁇ oration into polymeric matrices, and a controlled and sustained delivery of plasmid DNA.
  • the inventive approach in contrast to other approaches previously developed to fabricate three-dimensional matrices from biodegradable polymers (Peters and Mooney, 1998), utilizes neither organic solvents nor high temperatures in the polymer processing. Residual organic solvents in solvent-processed matrices may decrease the activity of inco ⁇ orated factors or promote inflammatory responses in vivo, and high temperatures will similarly inactivate many biologically active molecules contained within the matrix.
  • GF/PL processes gas foaming/particulate leaching processes
  • SC/PL processes solvent-casting/particulate leaching processes
  • Provisional Application Serial No. 60/042,198, filed March 31, 1997, are also each specifically inco ⁇ orated herein by reference without disclaimer for the pu ⁇ oses of even more fully describing matrix generation using GF/PL processes.
  • materials prepared by an SC/PL process can also provide some extent of an interconnected pore matrix
  • the inventors have discovered that the materials prepared by the inventive GF/PL process exhibit a distinct pore structure and significantly advantageous mechanical properties over SC/PL prepared materials. This advantage is in addition to the absence of organic solvents and/or high temperatures in preparation ofthe material and the absence of organic solvent residue in the prepared materials.
  • the materials of the invention exhibit much higher strength properties, e.g., tensile strength.
  • SC/PL prepared polymers will not have such a uniform pore structure because the solvent evaporates from the polymer in a non-uniform manner and thus the polymer concentration changes non-uniformly in the material.
  • SC/PL materials typically have non-uniformity because as the solvent evaporates the polymer concentration increases at the bottom of the matrix, i.e. the area where the matrix touches the glass cover slip.
  • the GF/PL materials exhibit a very uniform pore structure indicating that the polymer foams uniformly throughout the particulate bed during the gas-foaming step.
  • the mechanical properties may be enhanced by tensile alignment of the polymer chains may be occurring during the elongation that occurs during foaming (Mooney et al, 1997).
  • the materials of the invention have maximized tensile strength and compression resistance. This allows the materials to be handled and manipulated without mechanical breakdown and provides for better survival during use, particularly in the in vivo environment.
  • Discs comprised of polymer (e.g., poly[D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid]) and NaCl particles were compression molded at room temperature, and subsequently allowed to equilibrate with high pressure CO 2 gas (800 psi). Creation of a thermodynamic instability led to the nucleation and growth of gas pores in the polymer particles, and the formation of a continuous polymer matrix. The NaCl particles were subsequently leached to yield macropores, and a macropore structure. The overall porosity and level of pore connectivity was regulated by the ratio of polymer: salt particles.
  • polymer e.g., poly[D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid]
  • NaCl particles were compression molded at room temperature, and subsequently allowed to equilibrate with high pressure CO 2 gas (800 psi). Creation of a thermodynamic instability led to the nucleation and growth of gas pores in the polymer particles, and the formation of a continuous polymer matrix. The NaCl particles were
  • the overall novel process a combination of high pressure gas foaming and particulate leaching techniques, allows one to fabricate matrices from biodegradable polymers with a well controlled porosity and pore structure.
  • the materials prepared by the process ofthe invention exhibit a wide range of utilities, and may be applied to any use that requires a porous polymeric material, particularly with an open pore structure.
  • biocompatible matrix means that the matrix has all the features commonly associated with being “biocompatible”, in that it is in a form that does not produce a significant adverse, allergic or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal.
  • the materials of the present invention have improved biocompatibility in that organic solvents are not required for their manufacture. This is important as the present materials are intended for bioapplications wherein organic solvent residue is not tolerable.
  • the materials are useful as matrices for in vitro cell culture in which cells are compatible and grow to achieve their intended function, such as in tissue replacement, eventually replacing the matrix depending on its biodegradability.
  • the stable structures of the materials of the invention thus provide ideal cell culture conditions.
  • the materials can be used to provide matrices already bound to cells, which may then be surgically implanted into a body.
  • the materials of the invention prepared by the GF/PL process generally further have applications similar to those of materials prepared by the SC/PL and phase separation techniques, for example, in a variety of cell transplantation applications, including for hepatocytes (Mooney et al, 1994; Mooney et al, 1995; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference) chondrocytes and osteoblasts (Ishaug, et al, 1994; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference).
  • the materials ofthe invention have better mechanical properties and avoid the problem of organic solvent residue that may damage transplanted or migrating cells and nearby tissue and/or inactivate biologically active factors.
  • This invention also allows the preparation of polymers, such as polymeric sponges, that have an impermeable layer on one side, thus providing a selective permeability feature.
  • the impermeable layer is composed of the same polymers but without the extent of porosity, and a variety of methods can be used to couple the impermeable layer to, e.g. , a polymeric sponge.
  • the polymeric sponge is created by grinding PLGA followed by sieving to obtain particles with a diameter between about 108 and about 250 microns. These polymeric particles are mixed with sodium chloride and pressed into shape with a die at a pressure of approximately 1500 psi.
  • the polymer/salt solid is then foamed by placing the solid in a pressure bomb and exposing it to CO 2 at a pressure of about 800 psi for about 48 h followed by a relatively rapid reduction in pressure. This reduction in pressure produces thermodynamic instabilities in distribution of CO 2 causing pore formation.
  • the polymer/salt solid is then placed in water for 24 h to leach out the salt. Note that the water is changed during the leaching process. This process produces a polymer sponge that is greater than 95% porous.
  • the degradation rate of the sponge can be modified by varying the composition of lactic and glycolic acid.
  • An impermeable layer can be created on one side of the sponge by one of the following techniques, preferably performed before gas foaming of the material.
  • the sponge can be pressed into shape on a layer of PGA at a temperature greater than the melting temperature for PGA.
  • the melted PGA will be able to adhere to the sponge thus forming a thin layer.
  • This layer is impermeable because the foaming process and the leaching process have a negligible effect on pure PGA.
  • An impermeable layer of PLGA can also be created on the sponge by pressing the sponge onto a layer of PLGA. Spraying a solution of PLA in chloroform onto one side of the sponge can also create an impermeable layer.
  • the same polymer material and alter the amount of leachable particulate in each section so that one section forms an open pore structure and one does not.
  • materials wherein one section foams, and the impermeable layer section does not can be provided.
  • PLGA does foam following release of pressure from the bomb, an impermeable skin forms on the thin layer of PLGA that remains intact during the leaching process.
  • the polymeric sponge can be dipped in either melted PGA or in a solution of PLGA in chloroform. These procedures can be used to create a sponge that has a porosity of greater than 95% with an impermeable side.
  • GTR guided tissue regeneration
  • This application is based on inducing the progenitor cells that reside in the underlying healthy tissue, and that are responsible for tissue regeneration, to migrate into a defect and regenerate the lost tissue.
  • An important feature of matrices for GTR is the transport of cells into the matrix, a property that is dictated by the pore size distribution and pore continuity, i.e. interconnectivity. The chosen matrix will therefore allow the desired cells to invade the matrix, while preferably preventing access to other cell types.
  • Periodontal disease is characterized by the loss of attachment of the periodontal ligament to the alveolar bone.
  • the epithelial cells of the gingiva begin to grow into the site where the periodontal ligament was attached.
  • a sponge of the matrix material according to the invention with an impermeable side may be used to prevent the downgrowth of epithelial cells while allowing the appropriate cells to occupy the porous sponge, thereby regenerating the periodontal ligament (Shea et al, 1977).
  • the inventors decided to explore the potential for inco ⁇ orating biologically active factors into the matrices.
  • the unique matrix materials could prove useful in the delivery of genetic material.
  • the ability of such matrices to provide sustained release of DNA that maintained its structural and functional integrity, and particularly their ability to mediate gene transfer and functional expression su ⁇ assed reasonable expectations.
  • the ability to control the rate of plasmid release over a wide range of times, by mechanisms other than deso ⁇ tion from the matrix, and yet to achieve sufficient release for gene transfer and expression, is a particular benefit ofthe invention.
  • the three-dimensional structural matrices for use in the invention are composed of alginates or hydrogels that have pore sizes and structures controlled by the processing technique. These structural matrices also create a space and provide suitable stability to allow interacting cells to form new three dimensional tissues.
  • U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/128,681, filed April 09, 1999, is specifically inco ⁇ orated herein by reference without disclaimer for the pu ⁇ oses of further describing the preparation and use of such unique polymeric materials and matrices thereof.
  • nucleic acid and DNA segment are generally used to refer to nucleic acids and DNA molecules that have been isolated free from total cell components, and often, free from total genomic DNA of a particular species. However, total genomic DNA or cellular nucleic acids are su ⁇ risingly useful in the present invention, particularly in transfer to antigen presenting cells, in DNA vaccination embodiments.
  • the nucleic acids to be combined with matrices, for use in the present invention extend to the full variety of nucleic acid molecules.
  • the nucleic acids thus include genomic DNA, cDNAs, single stranded DNA, double stranded DNA, triple stranded DNA, oligonucleotides, Z-DNA, mRNA, tRNA and other RNAs. DNA molecules are generally preferred, even where the DNA is used to express a therapeutic RNA, such as a ribozyme or antisense RNA.
  • a “gene” or DNA segment encoding a selected protein or RNA generally refers to a DNA segment that contains sequences encoding the selected protein or RNA, but is isolated away from, or purified free from, total genomic DNA of the species from which the DNA is obtained. Included within the terms “gene” and “DNA segment”, are DNA segments and smaller fragments of such segments, and also recombinant vectors, including, for example, plasmids, cosmids, phage, retroviruses, adenoviruses, and the like.
  • gene is used for simplicity to refer to a functional protein or peptide encoding unit. As will be understood by those in the art, this functional term includes both genomic sequences and cDNA sequences. "Isolated substantially away from other coding sequences" means that the gene of interest forms the significant part of the coding region of the DNA segment, and that the DNA segment does not contain large portions of naturally-occurring coding DNA, such as large chromosomal fragments or other functional genes or cDNA coding regions. Of course, this refers to the DNA segment as originally isolated, and does not exclude genes or coding regions, such as sequences encoding leader peptides or targeting sequences, later added to the segment by the hand of man.
  • This invention provides novel ways in which to utilize various known DNA segments and recombinant vectors.
  • any coding segment employed encodes a selected protein or RNA and does not include any coding or regulatory sequences that would have a significant adverse effect on the target cells. Therefore, it will also be understood that useful nucleic acid sequences may include additional residues, such as additional non-coding sequences flanking either of the 5' or 3' portions of the coding region or may include various internal sequences, i.e., introns, which are known to occur within genes.
  • DNA segments may be obtained from existing, including commercial sources.
  • One may also obtain a new DNA segment encoding a protein of interest using any one or more of a variety of molecular biological techniques generally known to those skilled in the art.
  • cDNA or genomic libraries may be screened using primers or probes with designed sequences.
  • Polymerase chain reaction (PCRTM) may also be used to generate a DNA fragment encoding a protein of interest.
  • the coding portion of the DNA segment is positioned under the control of a promoter/enhancer element.
  • the promoter may be in the form of the promoter that is naturally associated with a selected gene, as may be obtained by isolating the 5' non-coding sequences located upstream of the coding segment or exon, for example, using recombinant cloning and/or PCR technology.
  • a recombinant or heterologous promoter is intended to refer to a promoter that is not normally associated with a selected gene in its natural environment. Such promoters may include those normally associated with other selected genes, and/or promoters isolated from any other bacterial, viral, eukaryotic, or mammalian cell. Naturally, it will be important to employ a promoter that effectively directs the expression ofthe DNA segment in the chosen target cells.
  • promoters to achieve protein expression is generally known to those of skill in the art of molecular biology, for example, see Sambrook et al. (1989; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference).
  • the promoters employed may be constitutive, or inducible, and can be used under the appropriate conditions to direct high level or regulated expression of the introduced DNA segment. Expression of genes under the control of constitutive promoters does not require the presence of a specific substrate to induce gene expression and will occur under all conditions of cell growth. In contrast, expression of genes controlled by inducible promoters is responsive to the presence or absence of an inducing agent.
  • Promoters isolated from the genome of viruses that grow in mammalian cells may be used herewith, as well as promoters produced by recombinant DNA or synthetic techniques.
  • preferred promoters are those such as CMV, RSV LTR, the SV40 promoter alone, and the SV40 promoter in combination with the SV40 enhancer.
  • tissue specific promoter/enhancer elements and transcriptional control regions that exhibit tissue specificity include, but are not limited to: the elastase I gene control region that is active in pancreatic acinar cells; the insulin gene control region that is active in pancreatic ⁇ cells; the immunoglobulin gene control region that is active in lymphoid cells; the albumin, l-antitrypsin and ⁇ -fetoprotein gene control regions that are active in liver; the ⁇ -globin gene control region that is active in myeloid cells; the myelin basic protein gene control region that is active in oligodendrocyte cells in the brain; the myosin light chain-2 gene control region that is active in skeletal muscle; and the gonadotropic releasing hormone gene control region that is active in the hypothalamus.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be required for sufficient translation of inserted protein coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where the entire coding sequence, including the initiation codon and adjacent sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vectors, no additional translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only a portion of the coding sequence is inserted, exogenous translational control signals, including the ATG initiation codon should be provided.
  • the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the protein coding sequences to ensure translation of the entire insert.
  • exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic.
  • the efficiency and control of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of transcription attenuation sequences, enhancer elements, etc.
  • vectors may be used including, but not limited to, those derived from recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA.
  • plasmid vectors such as pBR322, pUC 19/18, pUC 118, 119 and the Ml 3 mp series of vectors may be used.
  • Bacteriophage vectors may include ⁇ gtlO, ⁇ gtl l, ⁇ gtl8-23, ⁇ ZAP/R and the EMBL series of bacteriophage vectors.
  • Cosmid vectors that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, pJB8, pCV 103, pCV 107, pCV 108, pTM, pMCS, pNNL, pHSG274, COS202, COS203, pWE15, pWE16 and the charomid 9 series of vectors.
  • Vectors that allow for the in vitro transcription of RNA such as SP6 vectors, may also be used to produce large quantities of RNA that may be inco ⁇ orated into matrices.
  • the selected genes and DNA segments may also be in the form of a DNA insert located within the genome of a recombinant virus, such as, for example a recombinant he ⁇ es virus, retroviruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, adeno- associated viruses or bovine papilloma virus. While integrating vectors may be used, non-integrating systems, which do not transmit the gene product to daughter cells for many generations will often be preferred. In this way, the gene product is expressed during a defined biological process, e.g., a wound healing process, and as the gene is diluted out in progeny generations, the amount of expressed gene product is diminished.
  • a recombinant virus such as, for example a recombinant he ⁇ es virus, retroviruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, adeno- associated viruses or bovine papilloma virus.
  • integrating vectors may be used, non-integrating systems, which do not
  • Adenoviral vectors are particularly contemplated for use with the present gene-matrix invention.
  • the technical side ofthe generation of adenoviral constructs is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, as exemplified by the techniques described by Ghosh-Choudhury & Graham (1987); McGrory et. al. (1988); Gluzman et. al. (982); Rosenfeld et. al. (1991; 1992); and Stratford-Perricaudet et. al. (1990; 1992) ; each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • Adenoviral vectors for use in connection with the invention will preferably be replication defective vectors.
  • the viral early region 1 (El A) region such that the virus is competent to replicate only in cells, such as human 293 cells, which express adenovirus early region 1 genes from their cellular genome. This is important because the virus will therefore not kill normal cells that do not express early gene products.
  • the adenovirus may be of any of the 42 different known serotypes or subgroups A-F.
  • Adenovirus type 5 of subgroup C may be preferred for use with the present invention. This is because Adenovirus type 5 is a human adenovirus about which a great deal of biochemical and genetic information is known, and it has historically been used for most constructions employing adenovirus as a vector.
  • the promoter used in connection with adenoviral expression is not critical.
  • the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) immediate early gene promoter may be used (Thomsen et. al, 1984), which results in the constitutive, high-level expression of foreign genes.
  • CMV human cytomegalovirus
  • other viral and mammalian cellular promoters are also suitable, provided that the levels of expression are sufficient to achieve a physiologic effect, where desired. Selection of a promoter specifically active in a given tissue is naturally an option. Choice of a promoter that is regulated in response to specific physiological signals also permits inducible expression ofthe gene in response to certain stimuli.
  • Genes with sequences that vary from those described in the literature are also contemplated for use in the invention, so long as the altered or modified gene still encodes a protein that functions to effect the target cells in the desired (direct or indirect) manner.
  • sequences include those caused by point mutations, those due to the degeneracies of the genetic code or naturally occurring allelic variants, and further modifications that have been introduced by genetic engineering, i.e., by the hand of man.
  • Techniques for introducing changes in nucleotide sequences that are designed to alter the functional properties of the encoded proteins or polypeptides are well known in the art, e.g., U.S. Patent 4,518,584, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference, which techniques are also described in further detail herein.
  • Such modifications include the deletion, insertion or substitution of bases, and thus, changes in the amino acid sequence. Changes may be made to increase the activity of a protein, to increase its biological stability or half-life, to change its glycosylation pattern, confer temperature sensitivity or to alter the expression pattern of the protein, and the like. All such modifications to the nucleotide sequences are encompassed by this invention.
  • one or more than one selected gene may be used in the gene transfer methods and compositions.
  • the nucleic acid delivery methods may thus entail the administration of one, two, three, or more, selected genes.
  • the maximum number of genes that may be applied is limited only by practical considerations, such as the effort involved in simultaneously preparing a large number of gene constructs or even the possibility of eliciting an adverse cytotoxic effect.
  • the particular combination of genes may be chosen to alter the same, or different, biochemical pathways.
  • a growth factor gene may be combined with a hormone gene; or a first hormone and/or growth factor gene may be combined with a gene encoding a cell surface receptor capable of interacting with the polypeptide product ofthe first gene.
  • genes may be combined on a single genetic construct under control of one or more promoters, or they may be prepared as separate constructs of the same of different types.
  • genes and genetic constructs may be employed.
  • Certain gene combinations may be designed to, or their use may otherwise result in, achieving synergistic effects on cell stimulation and tissue growth, any and all such combinations are intended to fall within the scope of the present invention. Indeed, many synergistic effects have been described in the scientific literature, so that one of ordinary skill in the art would readily be able to identify likely synergistic gene combinations, or even gene-protein combinations.
  • nucleic segment or gene could be administered in combination with further agents, such as, e.g. proteins or polypeptides or various pharmaceutically active agents. So long as genetic material forms part of the composition, there is virtually no limit to other components which may also be included, given that the additional agents do not cause a significant adverse effect upon contact with the target cells or tissues.
  • the nucleic acids may thus be delivered along with various other agents, for example, in certain embodiments one may wish to administer an angiogenic factor, and/or an inhibitor of bone reso ⁇ tion, as disclosed in U.S. Patents 5,270,300 and 5,118,667, respectively, each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • genes i.e., as a string of nucleotides
  • the process of gene transfer and expression are fundamentally the same, it will be understood that the type of genes transferred by the controlled pore matrices of the present invention is virtually limitless. This extends from the transfer of a mixture of genetic material expressing antigenic or immunogenic fragments for use in DNA vaccination; to the stimulation of cell function, as in wound-healing; to aspects of cell killing, such as in transferring tumor suppressor genes, antisense oncogenes or apoptosis-inducing genes to cancer cells.
  • DNA-matrix combinations may thus be provided to inco ⁇ orate a therapeutic protein of interest into a repair cell.
  • repair cells that normally originate in viable tissue surrounding the wound, proliferate and migrate into the gene activated matrix, wherein they encounter, take up and express the DNA.
  • Transfected repair cells therefore act as in situ bioreactors (localized within the wound site) that produce agents (DNA-encoded RNAs, proteins, etc.) that heal the wound.
  • the nucleic acids to be used in the practice of these aspects of the invention may include any DNA encoding translational products (i.e., proteins) or transcriptional products (i.e., antisense or ribozymes) that promote tissue repair or that are capable of disrupting a disease process.
  • the DNA may comprise genes encoding therapeutically useful proteins, such as growth factors, cytokines, hormones, etc.
  • the DNA may encode antisense or ribozyme molecules that inhibit the translation of mRNAs encoding proteins that inhibit wound healing, or that induce excess inflammation.
  • RNA molecules will generally act to directly block the translation of mRNA by binding to targeted mRNA and preventing protein translation.
  • ribozymes which are enzymatic RNA molecules capable of catalyzing the specific cleavage of RNA, may also be used to block protein translation.
  • the mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by a endonucleolytic cleavage.
  • engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of RNA sequences.
  • RNA molecules may be generated by transcription of DNA sequences encoding the RNA molecule.
  • DNA molecules that code for factors that promote wound healing include DNAs encoding extracellular, cell surface, and intracellular RNAs and proteins.
  • suitable extracellular proteins include growth factors, cytokines, therapeutic proteins, systemic and local hormones and active fragments of hormones, inhibitors of cytokines, peptide growth and differentiation factors, interleukins, chemokines, interferons, colony stimulating factors and angiogenic factors.
  • TGF- ⁇ molecules include, but are not limited to, the superfamily of TGF- ⁇ molecules, including the five TGF- ⁇ isoforms and bone mo ⁇ hogenetic proteins (BMP), latent TGF- ⁇ binding proteins, LTBP; keratinocyte growth factor (KGF); hepatocyte growth factor (HGF); platelet derived growth factor (PDGF); insulin-like growth factor (IGF); macrophage-colony stimulating factor (M- CSF); acidic fibroblast growth factor (FGF); the basic fibroblast growth factors, FGF- 1 , FGF-2 etc. ; vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF); Factor VIII and Factor IX; erythropoietin (EPO); tissue plasminogen activator (TPA); activins and inhibins.
  • BMP bone mo ⁇ hogenetic proteins
  • KGF keratinocyte growth factor
  • HGF hepatocyte growth factor
  • PDGF platelet derived growth factor
  • IGF insulin-like growth factor
  • Hormone genes that may be used in the practice ofthe invention include those that encode growth hormone (GH) and calcium regulatory agents, such as parathyroid hormone (PTH).
  • GH growth hormone
  • PTH parathyroid hormone
  • extracellular proteins also include the extracellular matrix proteins such as collagen, laminin, and fibronectin.
  • cell surface proteins include the family of cell adhesion molecules (e.g., the integrins, selectins, Ig family members such as N-CAM and LI, and cadherins); cytokine signaling receptors, such as the type I and type II TGF- ⁇ receptors and the FGF receptor; and non-signaling co-receptors such as betaglycan and syndecan.
  • intracellular RNAs and proteins include the family of signal transducing kinases; cytoskeletal proteins, such as talin and vinculin; cytokine binding proteins, such as the family of latent TGF- ⁇ binding proteins; and nuclear trans acting proteins such as transcription factors and enhancing factors.
  • the wound healing DNA molecules may also code for proteins that block pathological processes, thereby allowing the natural wound healing process to occur unimpeded.
  • blocking factors include ribozymes that destroy RNA function and DNAs that, for example, code for tissue inhibitors of enzymes that destroy tissue integrity, e.g. , inhibitors of metalloproteinases associated with arthritis.
  • the present invention may be used in conjunction with one or more osteogenic or osteotropic genes.
  • osteogenic and osteotropic gene are used to refer to a gene or DNA coding region that encodes a protein, polypeptide or peptide that is capable of promoting, or assisting in the promotion of, bone formation, or one that increases the rate of primary bone growth or healing (or even a gene that increases the rate of skeletal connective tissue growth or healing).
  • promoting, inducing and stimulating are used interchangeably throughout this text to refer to direct or indirect processes that ultimately result in the formation of new bone tissue or in an increased rate of bone repair.
  • an osteogenic gene is a gene that, when expressed, causes the phenotype of a cell to change so that the cell either differentiates, stimulates other cells to differentiate, attracts bone-forming cells, or otherwise functions in a manner that ultimately gives rise to new bone tissue.
  • an osteogenic gene is characterized as a gene that is capable of stimulating proper bone growth in the osteotomy gap to any degree higher than that observed in control studies, e.g., parallel studies employing an irrelevant marker gene such as ⁇ -galactosidase. This stimulation of "proper bone growth" includes both the type of tissue growth and the rate of bone formation.
  • an osteogenic gene is generally characterized as a gene that is capable of promoting or inducing new bone formation, rather than abnormal bone fracture repair, i.e. fibrous non-union.
  • an osteogenic gene is generally characterized as a gene that is capable of promoting or inducing new bone formation, rather than abnormal bone fracture repair, i.e. fibrous non-union.
  • an osteogenic gene may also be characterized as a gene capable of stimulating the growth or regeneration of skeletal connective tissues such as, e.g., tendon, cartilage, and ligament.
  • skeletal connective tissues such as, e.g., tendon, cartilage, and ligament.
  • the methods and compositions of the invention may be employed to stimulate the growth or repair of both bone tissue itself and also of skeletal connective tissues.
  • Osteogenic genes and the proteins that they encode include, for example, systemic hormones, such as parathyroid hormone (PTH) and estrogen; many different growth factors and cytokines; chemotactic or adhesive peptides or polypeptides; molecules such as activin (U.S. Patent 5,208,219, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference); specific bone mo ⁇ hogenetic proteins (BMPs); and even growth factor receptor genes.
  • systemic hormones such as parathyroid hormone (PTH) and estrogen
  • PTH parathyroid hormone
  • cytokines such as chemotactic or adhesive peptides or polypeptides
  • BMPs specific bone mo ⁇ hogenetic proteins
  • suitable osteogenic growth factors include those of the transforming growth factor (TGF) gene family, including TGFs 1-4, and particularly TGF- ⁇ l, TGF- ⁇ 2 and TGF- ⁇ 2, (U.S. Patents 4,886,747 and 4,742,003, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference), with TGF- ⁇ (U.S. Patent 5,168,051, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference) also being of possible use; and also fibroblast growth factors (FGF), such as acidic FGF and bFGF; granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • TGF transforming growth factor
  • FGF fibroblast growth factors
  • GMCSF epidermal growth factor
  • PDGF platelet derived growth factor
  • IGF insulin-like growth factors
  • LIF leukemia inhibitory factor
  • Certain preferred osteogenic genes and DNA segments are PTH, those of the TGF superfamily, such as TGF- ⁇ l, TGF- ⁇ 2, TGF- ⁇ 3, and members of the BMP family of genes.
  • TGF genes are described in U.S. Patents 5,168,051; 4,886,747 and 4,742,003, each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • TGF ⁇ may not be as widely applicable as TGF ⁇ , but is proposed for use particularly in applications involving skeletal soft tissues.
  • BMP genes that have already been cloned may be used in the nucleic acid transfer and delivery protocols of the invention. Suitable BMP genes are those designated BMP-2 through BMP- 15. BMP-1 is not considered to be particularly useful at this stage.
  • the DNA sequences for several BMP (or OP) genes have been described both in scientific articles and in U.S. Patents such as 4,877,864; 4,968,590; 5,108,753; and 5,700,774; each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • BMP-1 sequences are disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,108,922; BMP- 2A (also referred to as BMP-2) in U.S. Patents 5,166,058, 5,631,142, 5,618,924 and 5,013,649; BMP-2B (also referred to as BMP-4) in U.S.
  • OP-1 sequences are disclosed in U.S. Patents 5,011,691, 5,258,494 and 5,670,336; OP-3 in 5,652,118 and 5,652,337; COP-5 in 5,011,691, 5,182,365 and 5,258,494; and COP-7 in 5,011,691 and 5,182,365.
  • BOP sequences are disclosed in 5,250,302.
  • Other U.S. patents related to this include: U.S.
  • BMP gene is a gene that hybridizes, under relatively stringent hybridization conditions (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference), to DNA sequences presently known to include BMP gene sequences.
  • U.S. Patent 5,166,058 teaches that hBMP-2 is encoded by a nucleotide sequence from nucleotide #356 to nucleotide #1543 ofthe sequence shown in Table II ofthe patent.
  • molecular biological techniques such as polymerase chain reaction ("PCR") or screening a cDNA or genomic library, using primers or probes with sequences based on the above nucleotide sequence.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the practice of such techniques is a routine matter for those of skill in the art (Sambrook et al, 1989; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference).
  • Certain documents further particularly describe suitable mammalian expression vectors e.g., U.S. Patent 5,168,050, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • the PTH gene or a DNA segment encoding the active fragment thereof, such as a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide that includes the amino acids 1-34 (hPTHl-34; Hendy et al, 1981; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference; 5,700,774, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference) is another preferred gene.
  • hPTHl-34 Hendy et al, 1981; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference; 5,700,774, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference
  • the original source of a recombinant gene or DNA segment to be used in a therapeutic regimen need not be of the same species as the animal to be treated.
  • any recombinant PTH, TGF or BMP gene may be employed to promote bone repair or regeneration in a human subject or an animal, such as, e.g., a horse.
  • Particularly preferred genes are those from human, mouse and bovine sources, in that such genes and DNA segments are readily available, with the human or mouse forms of the gene being most preferred for use in human treatment regimens.
  • Recombinant proteins and polypeptides encoded by isolated DNA segments and genes are often referred to with the prefix "r” for recombinant and "rh” for recombinant human.
  • DNA segments encoding rBMPs, such as rhBMP-2 or rhBMP-4 are contemplated to be particularly useful in connection with this invention.
  • the techniques for cloning DNA molecules i.e., obtaining a specific coding sequence from a DNA library that is distinct from other portions of DNA, are well known in the art.
  • the screening procedure may be based on the hybridization of oligonucleotide probes, designed from a consideration of portions of the amino acid sequence of known DNA sequences encoding related osteogenic proteins.
  • the operation of such screening protocols are well known to those of skill in the art and are described in detail in the scientific literature, for example, in Sambrook et ⁇ l. (1989), inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • genes to be supplied by the invention include, but are not limited to, those encoding and expressing: hormones, neurotransmitters, growth factors, growth factor receptors, interferons, interleukins, chemokines, cytokines, colony stimulating factors and chemotactic factors; transcription and elongation factors, cell cycle control proteins, including kinases and phosphatases, DNA repair proteins, apoptosis-inducing genes; oncogenes, antisense oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes; angiogenic and anti-angiogenic proteins; immune response stimulating and modulating proteins; cell surface receptors, accessory signaling molecules and transport proteins; enzymes; and anti-bacterial and anti-viral proteins.
  • Isole ⁇ cine lie I AUA AUC AUU
  • Tyrosine Tyr Y UAC UAU For example, certain amino acids may be substituted for other amino acids in a protein structure without appreciable loss of interactive binding capacity with structures such as, for example, antigen-binding regions of antibodies or binding sites on substrate molecules. Since it is the interactive capacity and nature of a protein that defines that protein's biological functional activity, certain amino acid sequence substitutions can be made in a protein sequence, and, of course, its underlying DNA coding sequence, and nevertheless obtain a protein with like properties. It is thus contemplated by the inventors that various changes may be made in the DNA sequences of osteogenic genes without appreciable loss of their biological utility or activity.
  • the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered.
  • the importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982, inco ⁇ orate herein by reference). It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like.
  • Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of their hydrophobicity and charge characteristics (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982), these are: Isoleucine (+4.5); valine (+4.2); leucine (+3.8); phenylalanine (+2.8); cysteine/cystine (+2.5); methionine (+1.9); alanine (+1.8); glycine (-0.4); threonine (-0.7); serine (- 0.8); tryptophan (-0.9); tyrosine (-1.3); proline (-1.6); histidine (-3.2); glutamate (- 3.5); glutamine (-3.5); aspartate (-3.5); asparagine (-3.5); lysine (-3.9); and arginine (- 4.5).
  • amino acids may be substituted by other amino acids having a similar hydropathic index or score and still result in a protein with similar biological activity, i.e., still obtain a biological functionally equivalent protein.
  • substitution of amino acids whose hydropathic indices are within ⁇ 2 is preferred, those that are within ⁇ 1 are particularly preferred, and those within ⁇ 0.5 are even more particularly preferred.
  • hydrophilicity values have been assigned to amino acid residues: arginine (+3.0); lysine (+3.0); aspartate (+3.0 ⁇ 1); glutamate (+3.0 ⁇ 1); serine (+0.3); asparagine (+0.2); glutamine (+0.2); glycine (0); threonine (-0.4); proline (-0.5 ⁇ 1); alanine (-0.5); histidine (-0.5); cysteine (-1.0); methionine (-1.3); valine (-1.5); leucine (-1.8); isoleucine (-1.8); tyrosine (-2.3); phenylalanine (-2.5); tryptophan (-3.4).
  • an amino acid can be substituted for another having a similar hydrophilicity value and still obtain a biologically equivalent, and in particular, an immunologically equivalent protein.
  • substitution of amino acids whose hydrophilicity values are within ⁇ 2 is preferred, those that are within ⁇ 1 are particularly preferred, and those within ⁇ 0.5 are even more particularly preferred.
  • amino acid substitutions are generally therefore based on the relative similarity of the amino acid side-chain substituents, for example, their hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and the like.
  • Exemplary substitutions that take various of the foregoing characteristics into consideration are well known to those of skill in the art and include: arginine and lysine; glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine.
  • the genes are associated with, or impregnated within, the biocompatible matrix to form a "matrix-gene composition".
  • the matrix-gene composition can then be placed in contact with the target cells or tissue in vivo.
  • the matrix can be impregnated with a gene or DNA segment simply by soaking the matrix in a solution containing the DNA, such as a plasmid solution, for a brief period of time of anywhere from about 5 minutes or so, up to and including about an hour.
  • “Matrix-gene compositions” are thus all those in which a gene is adsorbed, absorbed, ionically bound, or otherwise maintained in contact with the matrix.
  • the DNA is provided to the controlled or open pore matrices during the fabrication process.
  • Both one-step and two-step DNA- inco ⁇ oration gas foaming/particulate leaching processes are provided by the present invention.
  • inco ⁇ orating the genetic material during the fabrication process its release can be controlled by controlling the release of polymer degradation (choice of polymer materials) and by controlling the diffusion of DNA through the pores (choice of fabrication parameters, controlling pore size). Otherwise, release would be governed only by deso ⁇ tion of DNA from the polymer surface. In essence, controlled and sustained release can only be effectively achieved by inco ⁇ orating the DNA during the matrix fabrication process.
  • polymer particles and DNA are mixed with sodium chloride, compressed into a disc, and placed in a pressure vessel with a high pressure gas.
  • release of the pressure causes the polymer particles to expand, collide and fuse, thereby producing an interconnected structural matrix. Pores are again formed by leaching out the salt and leaving a matrix with an open pore structure.
  • the two-step DNA-GF/PL fabrication process also preferably involves mixing the polymer with DNA, compressing into a disc, and placing in a pressure vessel with high pressure gas. Release of the pressure produces an interconnected matrix; however, the polymer has a closed pore structure. In those less preferred aspects of the invention, where cellular invasion is not desired during use of the plasmid- containing matrix, the closed pore polymer can be used for sustained DNA delivery.
  • the second step of this two-step process involves grinding the initial matrix into small pieces, mixing them with salt, pressing into a disc, and placement in a pressure vessel.
  • the matrix is then foamed and the salt removed via leaching.
  • the three-dimensional structural matrices are composed of alginate that has been fabricated in a manner effective to control the pore size and structure by the processing technique. These structural matrices create a space and provide suitable stability to allow interacting cells to form new three dimensional tissues.
  • the preferred fabrication processes also involve gas foaming techniques, as described above.
  • plasmids released from gas foamed and alginate matrices remain intact and functional. Released plasmids are able to transfect cells in vitro and in vivo. In vivo, the transfected cells produce the encoded proteins in sufficient quantities to yield physiologically observable effects on tissue formation, e.g., increases in vascularization and granulation tissue in response to PDGF. Importantly, this physiological response is only observed with a matrix-mediated delivery of plasmid, and not by direct injection of equivalent plasmid quantities.
  • the delivery of genetic material, particularly plasmid DNA, from the present three-dimensional, structural matrices is thus contemplated for use in virtually any application in which one would desire to provide genetic material to cells.
  • the matrix-DNA preparations are especially useful in the treatment of a wide variety of disorders and injuries in vivo.
  • gene transfer using this invention is not limited to any particular tissue, but is widely applicable.
  • the approach of the present invention for inducing tissue formation is advantageous compared to other approaches that involve direct protein or plasmid DNA delivery.
  • a traditional approach to achieve tissue formation with inductive molecules is the direct delivery of a growth factor (Deuel, 1997). Although this approach can induce a physiological response, it is difficult to achieve long-term delivery of functional proteins, due to the limitations of protein stability at 37°C and immunogenicity (Langer, 1998).
  • plasmid DNA may provide a significant advantage over direct delivery of the protein.
  • direct injection of plasmid DNA into tissues typically leads to small numbers (l ⁇ ⁇ 3 ) of transfected cells (Ledley, 1996).
  • the present controlled delivery of plasmid DNA from PLGA matrices results in large numbers ( ⁇ 10 5 -10 6 ) of transfected cells that can produce the inductive factor (Example XVII).
  • Clinical applications of proteins such as human PDGF would not result in adverse effects, such as inflammatory responses, as the produced proteins would be native to the human body.
  • the present invention demonstrates a controlled and sustained release of plasmid DNA from a biodegradable tissue engineering matrix. Plasmid has been delivered in a sustained manner from a non-degradable polymer (Jong et al, 1997), and a polymer thin film coating (Labhasetwar et al, 1998). PLGA microspheres have also been used to deliver plasmid DNA encoding antigens to elicit a specific immune response (Hedley et al, 1998).
  • One of the significant advantages of the present invention is the control of the DNA delivery rate afforded by controlling the degradation rate ofthe biodegradable polymer used.
  • DNA is inco ⁇ orated within pores of the matrix during the foaming process when the polymer expands and entraps the DNA within the pores.
  • the variation in DNA release kinetics obtained with this system (FIG. 1) is likely due to a differential foaming of the polymers due to their compositional and molecular weight differences.
  • the target cells penetrate or grow into the matrix, they contact the DNA therein, allowing the cells to take up the desired gene or cDNA and express the encoded protein.
  • the matrices thus both deliver the gene composition and also provide a surface for new tissue growth, i.e., will act as an in situ scaffolding through which cells may migrate.
  • tissue formation is characterized by temporal expression of a sequence of genes involved in development (Stein et al. , 1996).
  • the matrix system ofthe present invention in contrast to previously described systems (Nor et al, 1999; Fang et al, 1996), is ideal for temporally defined delivery and expression of a number of plasmids encoding for various genes in an engineered tissue.
  • a particular advantage of the present invention is that a combination of polymers can be used to prepare matrix-DNA formulations to deliver multiple plasmids at different rates. This can be achieved using a single matrix-DNA preparation fabricated from multiple different polymers that are associated with different genes, such that each polymer releases a different gene at a different time.
  • DNA-matrices can be prepared, each one fabricated from a different polymer and each containing a different gene. Either way, the invention allows for the simple and controllable delivery of multiple genes to a defined site in the body at an appropriate time frame.
  • Each of the gene transfer methods of the present invention thus generally comprise contacting target cells or tissues with a composition comprising a nucleic acid segment in combination with the defined structural matrix in a manner effective to transfer the nucleic acid segment into the cells.
  • the cells may be cultured cells or recombinant cells maintained in vitro, when all that is required is to add the nucleic acid composition to the cells, e.g., by adding it to the culture media.
  • the target cells are located within a tissue site of an animal, when the nucleic acid-matrix composition is applied to the site in order to effect, or promote, nucleic acid transfer into the target cells in vivo.
  • a preferred method involves first fabricating a biocompatible matrix with additional genetic material and then using the impregnated matrix to contact an appropriate tissue site within the animal.
  • the amount of gene construct that is applied to the matrix and the amount of matrix-gene material that is applied to the tissue will be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian considering various biological and medical factors. For example, one would consider the particular gene and matrix; the amount of tissue desired to be formed; the site of tissue damage; the condition of the damaged tissue; the patient's or animal's age, sex, and diet; the severity of any infection; the time of administration; and further clinical factors, such as serum levels of various factors and hormones.
  • the suitable dosage regimen will therefore be readily determinable by one of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure, bearing in mind the individual circumstances.
  • An extremely wide variety of genetic material can be transferred to target cells or tissues using the compositions and methods of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid segment may be DNA (double or single-stranded) or RNA (e.g., mRNA, tRNA, rRNA).
  • the nucleic acids may also include at least one "coding segment", i.e., that encodes a protein or polypeptide.
  • Antisense nucleic acid molecules, such as antisense RNA, that function to disrupt gene expression are also contemplated.
  • the nucleic acid segments may thus be genomic sequences, including exons or introns alone or exons and introns, or coding cDNA regions, or in fact any construct that one desires to transfer to a target cell or tissue.
  • nucleic acids transferred may even be total or partial genomic or cellular-extracted nucleic acids from pathogenic organisms, thereby generating an immune response against any one or more ofthe components ofthe pathogen.
  • APCs antigen presenting cells
  • Suitable nucleic acid segments may also be in virtually any form, such as naked DNA or RNA, including linear nucleic acid molecules and plasmids; functional inserts within the genomes of various recombinant viruses, including viruses with DNA genomes and retroviruses; and any form of nucleic acid segment, plasmid or virus associated with a liposome or a gold particle, the latter of which may be employed in connection with the gene gun technology.
  • the invention is preferably employed to promote expression of a desired gene in target cells or tissues and to impart a particular desired phenotype to the cells.
  • This "expression” is useful in the increased expression of a gene that is normally expressed (i.e., "over-expression”); in the expression of a gene that is not normally associated with the target cells in their natural environment; and in the expression of a gene in a diseased or otherwise defective target cell that should normally express the gene, but is lacking due to a defect that needs correcting; and/or in the expression and processing of antigenic or immunogenic fragments, allowing cell surface presentation, particularly by APCs.
  • the invention may be used to suppress the expression of a gene that is naturally expressed in target cells and tissues, and again, to change or alter the phenotype. Gene suppression may be a way of expressing a gene that encodes a protein that exerts a down-regulatory function, or it may utilize antisense technology.
  • the DNA-matrices of the present invention may be formulated as therapeutic devices, generally molded or designed matrix-gene compositions.
  • the devices may be of virtually any size or shape, so that their dimensions are adapted to fit the biological area ofthe animal that is to be treated.
  • kits comprising, in suitable container means, a defined biocompatible matrix and one or more selected genes form another aspect of the invention.
  • Such kits will generally contain a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation ofthe matrix and a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of a selected gene.
  • kits may comprise a single container means that contains both the biocompatible matrix and the gene(s).
  • the container means may contain a pharmaceutically acceptable sterile matrix having associated with it, the gene composition.
  • the matrix may even be a gelatinous matrix-DNA formulation, e.g., in the form of a syringeable composition.
  • the container means may itself be a syringe, pipette, or other such like apparatus, from which the matrix-DNA material may be applied to a tissue site or wound area.
  • Gene-matrices that are "ready to use” such as sponges, implants, tubes, band-aids, bandages, gels, patches, pads, nanoparticles, lyophilized components, powders and telfa pads are thus provided.
  • kits of the invention may comprise distinct container means for each component.
  • one container would contain the gene, either as a sterile DNA solution or in a lyophilized form, and the other container would include the matrix, which may or may not itself be prewetted with a sterile solution.
  • kits may also comprise a second or third container means for containing a sterile, pharmaceutically acceptable buffer or other diluent.
  • a sterile, pharmaceutically acceptable buffer or other diluent may be required to formulate either the DNA component, the matrix component, both components separately, or a pre-mixed combination of the components, into a more suitable form for application to the body.
  • all components of a kit could be supplied in a dry form, which would allow for "wetting" upon contact with body fluids.
  • any type of pharmaceutically acceptable buffer is not a requirement for the kits ofthe invention.
  • the container means will generally be a container such as a vial, test tube, flask, bottle, syringe or other container means, into which the components of the kit may placed.
  • the matrix and gene components may also be aliquoted into smaller containers, should this be desired.
  • the kits ofthe present invention may also include a means for containing the individual containers in close confinement for commercial sale, such as, e.g., injection or blow-molded plastic containers into which the desired vials or syringes are retained.
  • kits of the invention may also comprise, or be packaged with, an instrument for assisting with the placement of the ultimate matrix-gene composition within the body of an animal.
  • an instrument may be a syringe, pipette, forceps, or any such medically approved delivery vehicle.
  • the DNA matrices may be used to coat surgical devices, such as suture materials or implants.
  • medical devices such as implants, sutures, wound dressings, etc.
  • a preferred method for coating sutures is provided in Example IX.
  • Sutures that may be coated include any suture of natural or synthetic origin, typically including, by way of example and not limitation: silk; cotton; linen; polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate; homopolymers and copolymers of hydroxycarboxylic acid esters; collagen (plain or chromicized); catgut (plain or chromicized); and suture-substitutes, such as cyanoacrylates.
  • the sutures may take any convenient form such as braids or twists, and may have a wide range of sizes as are commonly employed in the art.
  • sutures coated with polymeric matrices containing nucleic acids encoding therapeutic proteins can be used to stimulate wound healing in vivo.
  • the advantages of using such coated sutures cover virtually every field of surgical use in humans and animals.
  • Wound healing is usually a co-ordinated, stereotyped sequence of events that includes: tissue disruption and loss of normal tissue architecture; cell necrosis and hemorrhage; hemostasis (clot formation); infiltration of segmented and mononuclear inflammatory cells, with vascular congestion and tissue edema; dissolution of the clot as well as damaged cells and tissues by mononuclear cells (macrophages); formation of granulation tissue (fibroplasia and angiogenesis).
  • This sequence of cellular events has been observed in wounds from all tissues and organs generated in a large number of mammalian species (Gailet et al, 1994). Therefore, the cellular sequence described above is a universal aspect ofthe repair of all mammalian tissues.
  • Such therapeutic proteins may include regulatory factors involved in the normal healing process such as systemic hormones, cytokines, growth factors and other proteins that regulate proliferation and differentiation of cells.
  • Growth factors, cytokines and hormones having wound healing capacity include, for example, the TGF- ⁇ superfamily of proteins, acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF), macrophage-colony stimulating factor (M-CSF) and calcium regulatory agents, such as parathyroid hormone (PTH).
  • TGF- ⁇ superfamily of proteins include, for example, the TGF- ⁇ superfamily of proteins, acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF), macrophage-colony stimulating factor (M-CSF) and calcium regulatory agents, such as parathyroid hormone (PTH).
  • aFGF acidic fibroblast growth factor
  • M-CSF macrophage-colony stimulating factor
  • PTH parathyroid hormone
  • proteins such as membrane receptors, transcription factors and intracellular binding proteins
  • biological activity is dependent on correct expression and localization in the cell.
  • correct cellular localization occurs as the protein is post-translationally modified inside the cells. Therefore, such proteins cannot be administered exogenously in such a way as to be taken up and properly localized inside the cell.
  • the present invention provides rational methods for the in vivo production of physiological amounts of desired proteins at their site of action.
  • the present matrix- gene invention also overcomes the problems associated with currently devised gene therapies, namely the inability to transfer DNA efficiently into a targeted cell population and to achieve high level expression of the gene product in vivo.
  • the matrix-gene compositions and devices of this invention may thus be used in wound healing and related tissue repair, including, but not limited to healing of burns, incisions, ulcers and various other forms of tissue damage.
  • the invention thus provides methods for specific targeting and transfer of nucleic acids into mammalian repair cells involved in wound healing, e.g., in order to express therapeutic products at the wound site.
  • These methods of the invention generally involve administering a gene-matrix into a fresh wound site in the body.
  • repair cells are localized to the wound site, where they become transfected and produce DNA-encoded agents (RNAs, proteins, etc.) that enhance wound healing.
  • the invention is based, in part, on the discovery that repair cells, active in the wound healing process, proliferate and migrate from surrounding tissue into the area ofthe wound and infiltrate the gene activated matrix.
  • the matrix acts as a scaffolding that promotes cell ingrowth, and, in turn, gene transfer, through the local accumulation of repair cells near the DNA. While in the matrix, repair cells are efficient at taking up the DNA and expressing it as translational products, i.e. proteins, or transcriptional products, i.e. antisense and ribozymes. This is siuprising, as such repair cells are normally difficult to efficiently transfect, either in vitro or in vivo. The repair cells are thus evidently activated to proliferate by the wound healing process and the matrix environment. The transfected repair cells then serve as local bioreactors amplifying the production ofthe gene product in vivo.
  • DNA sequences While any number of DNA sequences can be used in the method, preferred DNA sequences are those that encode translational products (i.e. proteins) or transcriptional products (i.e. antisense or ribozymes) that (a) promote tissue repair; or
  • (b) are capable of disrupting a disease process (thereby allowing normal tissue healing to take place).
  • the invention overcomes the shortcomings of procedures currently used for wound healing involving the administration of therapeutic proteins.
  • DNA which is both stable and non-toxic, can be safely administered in high doses in vivo.
  • repeated administration while possible, is not required.
  • the cells that take up and express the DNA provide a supply of gene product at the site of the wound.
  • the invention can be practiced in a way that addresses the temporal requirements of dosing.
  • the DNA can be presented in vectors that integrate into the genome of the targeted cell. In this case, all daughter cells will contain and express the transferred DNA, thereby acting as a continuous source for the therapeutic agent.
  • non-integrating systems may be utilized wherein the DNA does not integrate into the genome and the gene is not passed on to daughter cells. In such an instance, when the wound healing process is completed and the gene product is no longer needed, the gene product will not be expressed.
  • the invention can be used to reproducibly transfer and express genes in a variety of wounded soft and hard tissues in vivo.
  • the matrix-based invention thus provides genes to a suitable number of repair cells to achieve functional effects in vivo, i.e. in the absence of any further targeting or cellular identification by the practitioner.
  • the DNA acts much like "bait" in a "trap”: the DNA is encountered by unwitting repair cells that have proliferated and then migrated into the gene activated matrix. These cells, in turn, are siuprisingly capable of taking up DNA and expressing it as a therapeutic agent.
  • the method of the invention may be used as a drug delivery system through transfer of DNA into mammalian repair cells for the purpose of stimulating soft and hard tissue repair and tissue regeneration.
  • the repair cells will be those cells that normally arrive at the area of the wound to be treated. Accordingly, there is no difficulty associated with the obtaining of suitable target cells to which the present therapeutic compositions should be applied. All that is required is the implantation of a gene-activated matrix at the wound site. The nature of this biological environment is such that the appropriate repair cells will actively take up and express the "bait" DNA in the absence of any further targeting or cellular identification by the practitioner.
  • the methods of the invention can be used to transfer DNA into mammalian repair cells, e.g., to stimulate skeletal tissue regeneration (see Section C3, below); ligament and tendon repair; and to stimulate soft tissue and/or blood vessel repair.
  • a "repair cell” or “mammalian repair cell”, as used herein, is any cell or mammalian cell that contributes to a beneficial response to injury.
  • the repair cells are stimulated to migrate and proliferate in response to tissue injury.
  • Repair cells are thus a component of the wound healing response and include, for example, fibroblasts, capillary endothelial cells, capillary pericytes, mononuclear inflammatory cells, segmented inflammatory cells and granulation tissue cells.
  • wound site is generally defined as any location in the host animal or patient that arises from tissue injury, such as tissue damage that occurs as a result of disease, traumatic tissue injury, or surgical procedures.
  • Wild healing is generally achieved by using the transfected repair cells to produce the encoded therapeutic agents, which then influence the local repair environment.
  • growth factors or cytokines produced by the transfected repair cells bind and stimulate targeted effector cells that express cognate cell surface receptors, thereby stimulating and amplifying the cascade of physiological events normally associated with the wound healing process.
  • the repair cells may take up and express DNA encoding proteins that inhibit the activity of antagonists of the wound healing process.
  • the DNA may also encode antisense or ribozyme RNA molecules that may be used to inhibit translation of mRNAs encoding inflammatory proteins or other factors that inhibit wound healing or cause excessive fibrosis.
  • the gene-matrix of the invention can be transferred to an animal or patient using a variety of techniques. For example, when stimulating wound healing and regeneration, the matrices are transferred directly to the site of the wound, i.e. the fractured bone, injured connective tissue, etc. For use in skin repair, the matrices are topically administered. For use in organ regeneration, the matrices are surgically placed in a wound made in the organ.
  • the matrices should be transferred at or near a site in the body where the wound healing process is being induced. Matrices can thus be directly applied to the site of the wound by the hand of the physician, or placed surgically in a normal tissue site in order to treat nearby diseased tissue. In instances where the DNA-matrices are to be injected, the matrices are drawn up into a syringe and injected into an animal or patient at the site of the wound. Multiple injections may be made in the area of the wound.
  • the repair process may be engineered to result in either the formation of scar tissue and/or tissue regeneration.
  • overexpression of therapeutic proteins at the site of the wound may result in regeneration of the injured tissue without the formation of scar tissue.
  • such regeneration is desirable because scar tissue is not optimally designed to support normal mechanical function. This is also true in instances such as the treatment of burns and connective tissue damage.
  • the methods of invention may be used to stimulate wound healing either with, or without, the formation of scar tissue, depending on the tissue type and the type and level of therapeutic protein expressed.
  • the wound-healing methods of the invention can be universally applied to wounds that involve many different cells, tissues and organs. These include, but are not limited to, bone repair; connective tissue repair, such as cartilage, tendon and ligament repair; blood vessel repair; skeletal muscle repair; skin repair; organ regeneration; and regulation of vasculogenesis and/or angiogenesis.
  • the end result of therapeutic protein expression is the augmentation of tissue repair and regeneration.
  • the invention is also useful in blocking disease processes, thereby allowing natural tissue healing to take place.
  • the gene-matrices may also be used to treat patients with impaired healing capacity resulting from, for example, the effects of aging or diabetes.
  • the matrices may also be used for treatment of wounds that heal slowly due to natural reasons, e.g., in the elderly, and those who do not respond to existing therapies, such as in those individuals with chronic skin wounds.
  • Skeletal connective tissue damage due to traumatic injury can be treated using matrices containing genes encoding a variety of growth factors.
  • Connective tissue normally consists of cells and extracellular matrix organized in a characteristic tissue architecture. Tissue wounding disrupts this architecture and stimulates a wound healing response.
  • the methods of the present invention are particularly well suited for stimulation of growth and regeneration of connective tissue, as it is important that the injured tissue regenerate without the formation of scar tissue - - as scar tissue can interfere the normal mechanical function of connective tissue.
  • TGF- ⁇ superfamily e.g., TGF- ⁇ itself
  • cytokines such as EGF and PDGF.
  • genes that may be used include: (a) cytokines, such as the peptide growth and differentiation factors, interleukins, chemokines, interferons, colony stimulating factors; (b) angiogenic factors, such as FGF and VEGF; (c) extracellular matrix proteins, such as collagen, laminin, and fibronectin; (d) the family of cell adhesion molecules, e.g., the integrins, selectins, Ig family members such as N-CAM and LI, and cadherins; (e) cell surface cytokine signaling receptors, such as the type I and type II TGF- ⁇ receptors and the FGF receptors; (f) non-signaling co-receptors, such as betaglycan and syndecan; (g) the family of signal transducing kinases; (h) cytoskeletal proteins, such as talin and vinculin; (i) cytokine binding proteins, such as the family of latent TGF- ⁇ binding proteins; and
  • Such matrices are then placed in the host mammal in the area of the connective tissue wound.
  • Gene activated matrices can be injected directly into the area of connective tissue injury.
  • surgical techniques such as arthroscopic surgery, may be used to deliver the matrices to the area ofthe connective tissue wound.
  • the invention may also be used to stimulate the repair and regeneration of organ tissue, e.g., following traumatic injury or surgery.
  • organ tissue e.g., following traumatic injury or surgery.
  • the liver may be damaged due to excessive alcohol consumption or due to infection with various types of infectious agents, such as the hepatitis family of viruses.
  • the kidney may likewise fail to function normally as a result of damage resulting from kidney disease.
  • Mucous membranes of the esophagus, stomach or duodenum may contain ulcerations caused by acid and pepsin in gastric juices. The ulcerations may also arise from colonization of gastric mucosal cells with Helicobacter pylori bacteria.
  • These organs and diseases serve only as examples, indeed the methods ofthe invention may be used to treat diseases, or to stimulate organ regeneration in any organ ofthe body.
  • Matrices containing DNA encoding cytokines that stimulate proliferation and differentiation of cells, and/or regulate tissue mo ⁇ hogenesis are transplanted to the appropriate organ site.
  • factors include, but are not limited to: the transforming growth factor family of proteins; platelet derived growth factor (PDGF); insulin like growth factor (IGF); and fibroblast growth factory (FGF).
  • PDGF platelet derived growth factor
  • IGF insulin like growth factor
  • FGF fibroblast growth factory
  • hepatocyte growth factor may be expressed to stimulate the wound healing process in the liver.
  • the gene activated matrices may contain DNA encoding anti-microbial proteins.
  • the gene activated matrices ofthe invention may be surgically implanted into the organ that is to be treated. Alternatively, laproscopic surgical procedures may be utilized to transfer the gene activated matrices into the body. In cases where the treatment is in response to tissue injury, the natural wound healing process will stimulate the migration and proliferation of the repair cells to the transplanted matrices. Alternatively, where the gene activated matrices are transferred to organs that have not been injured, for example, where matrices are implanted to express therapeutic proteins not involved in wound healing, the wound healing process can be stimulated by induction of tissue injury.
  • Another use of the invention is to regulate the formation and spreading of blood vessels, or vasculogenesis and angiogenesis, respectively. Both these physiological processes play an important role in wound healing and organ regeneration.
  • granulation tissue which is a mixture of collagen, matrix and blood vessels, is deposited and provides wound strength during tissue repair.
  • the formation of new blood vessels involves the proliferation, migration and infiltration of vascular endothelial cells, and is known to be regulated by a variety of polypeptide growth factors.
  • polypeptides with endothelial cell growth promoting activity have been identified, including acidic and basic fibroblastic growth factors (FGF), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), and placental derived growth factor (PDGF).
  • FGF acidic and basic fibroblastic growth factors
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • PDGF placental derived growth factor
  • DNA encoding such growth factors is inco ⁇ orated into matrices and these matrices are implanted into the host. In some instances, it may be necessary to induce the wound healing process through tissue injury. It is often desirable to inhibit the proliferation of blood vessel formation, such as in angiogenesis associated with the growth of solid tumors, which rely on vascularization for growth. Tumor angiogenesis is inhibited through the transfer of
  • DNAs encoding negative inhibitors of angiogenesis such as thrombospondin or angiostatin.
  • DNA encoding for example, thrombospondin or angiostatin, is thus inco ⁇ orated into a matrix and the matrix implanted into an animal or patient at or near the site of a tumor.
  • the present invention may also be used to stimulate the growth and repair of skin tissue.
  • skin tissue In wounds that involve injury to areas of the skin, and particularly in the case of massive burns, it is important that the skin grow very rapidly in order to prevent infections, reduce fluid loss, and reduce the area of potential scarring.
  • Skin damage resulting from burns, punctures, cuts and/or abrasions is treatable using the gene activated matrices of the present invention.
  • Skin disorders such as psoriasis, atopic dermatitis or skin damage arising from fungal, bacterial and viral infections or treatment of skin cancers such as melanoma, can also be treated using the methods of the invention.
  • Matrices containing DNA encoding cytokines that stimulate proliferation and differentiation of cells of the skin can be used to treat skin injuries and disorders.
  • the gene activated matrices serve two functions: the protection of the wound from infection and dehydration; and supplying the DNA for uptake by repair cells.
  • the gene activated matrices of the invention can be combined with, or fabricated into, dermal patches, cadaver skin, band-aids, gauze pads, collagen lattices, topical creams or gels. Prior to the application of the matrices to the wound site, damaged skin or devitalized tissue may be removed.
  • the DNA to be inco ⁇ orated into the matrices can encode a variety of different growth factors, including keratinocyte-growth-factor (KGF) or epidermal growth factor (EGF).
  • KGF keratinocyte-growth-factor
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • DNA encoding IL-1 which has been shown to be a potent inducer of epithelial cell migration and proliferation as part of the healing process, may also be inco ⁇ orated into these matrices ofthe invention.
  • Bone has a substantial capacity to regenerate following fracture. Defects in the process of bone repair and regeneration are linked to the development of several human diseases and disorders, e.g., osteoporosis and osteogenesis imperfecta. Failure of the bone repair mechanism is, of course, also associated with significant complications in clinical orthopaedic practice, for example, fibrous non-union following bone fracture, implant interface failures and large allograft failures. The lives of many individuals can now be improved by application of the present invention to stimulate and strengthen the fracture repair process. Indeed, DNA release from matrices in general has already been shown to be operative for gene transfer into bone progenitor cells and wound-healing fibroblasts in vivo (see, e.g., U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, and U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996, each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference).
  • osteoporosis refers to a heterogeneous group of disorders characterized by decreased bone mass and fractures. Clinically, osteoporosis is segregated into type I and type II. Type I osteoporosis occurs predominantly in middle aged women and is associated with estrogen loss at the menopause, while osteoporosis type II is associated with advancing age.
  • Osteogenesis imperfecta refers to a group of inherited connective tissue diseases characterized by bone and soft connective tissue fragility. The overall incidence is currently estimated to be 1 in 5,000-14,000 live births.
  • OI hearing loss, dentinogenesis imperfecta, respiratory insufficiency, severe scoliosis and emphysema are just some of the conditions that are associated with one or more types of OI. While accurate estimates of the health care costs are not available, the morbidity and mortality associated with OI certainly result from the extreme propensity to fracture (OI types I-IV) and the deformation of abnormal bone following fracture repair (OI types II-IV). The most relevant issue with OI treatment is to develop new methods by which to improve fracture repair and thus to improve the quality of life of these patients.
  • the techniques of bone reconstruction such as is used to reconstruct defects occurring as a result of trauma, cancer surgery or errors in development, would also be improved by new methods to promote bone repair.
  • Reconstructive methods currently employed such as using autologous bone grafts, or bone grafts with attached soft tissue and blood vessels, are associated with significant drawbacks of both cost and difficulty. For example, harvesting a useful amount of autologous bone is not easily achieved, and even autologous grafts often become infected or suffer from reso ⁇ tion.
  • bone repair and regeneration resembles the process of wound healing in other tissues.
  • a typical sequence of events includes; hemorrhage; clot formation; dissolution of the clot with concurrent removal of damaged tissues; ingrowth of granulation tissue; formation of cartilage; capillary ingrowth and cartilage turnover; rapid bone formation (callus tissue); and, finally, remodeling of the callus into cortical and trabecular bone. Therefore, bone repair is a complex process that involves many cell types and regulatory molecules.
  • the diverse cell populations involved in fracture repair include stem cells, macrophages, fibroblasts, vascular cells, osteoblasts, chondroblasts, and osteoclasts.
  • Regulatory factors involved in bone repair are known to include systemic hormones, cytokines, growth factors, and other molecules that regulate growth and differentiation.
  • cytokines cytokines
  • growth factors cytokines
  • growth factors cytokines
  • other molecules that regulate growth and differentiation.
  • Various osteoinductive agents have been purified and shown to be polypeptide growth-factor-like molecules. These stimulatory factors include BMPs
  • osteogenic growth factors examples include TGF- ⁇ l, TGF- ⁇ 2, TGF- ⁇ 2, and even TGF- ⁇ ; GMCSF; EGF; PDGF; IGF-I and IGF-II; LIF; and BMPs and OPs, as exemplified by those in U.S.
  • the defined DNA-matrices of the present invention are particularly useful for transferring nucleic acids into wounded tissues, such as bone cells and tissues undergoing repair and regeneration.
  • the use of the invention in transferring nucleic acids into bone progenitor cells or tissues is particularly advantageous.
  • Certain methods of the invention comprise contacting bone progenitor cells, preferably within a bone progenitor tissue site of an animal, with a matrix-nucleic acid composition in order to effect, or promote, nucleic acid transfer into bone progenitor cells in vivo.
  • the term "bone progenitor cells” refers to any or all of those cells that have the capacity to ultimately form, or contribute to the formation of, new bone tissue.
  • Gene transfer into granulation tissue fibroblasts is particularly preferred as this is relevant to a variety of wound healing processes, not just to bone progenitor cells.
  • Bone progenitor cells also include cells that have been isolated and manipulated in vitro, e.g., subjected to stimulation with agents such as cytokines or growth factors or even genetically engineered cells.
  • agents such as cytokines or growth factors or even genetically engineered cells.
  • the particular type or types of bone progenitor cells that are stimulated using the methods and compositions of the invention are not important, so long as the cells are stimulated in such a way that they are activated and, in the context of in vivo embodiments, ultimately give rise to new bone tissue.
  • bone progenitor cell is also used to particularly refer to those cells that are located within, are in contact with, or migrate towards (i.e., "home to"), bone progenitor tissue and which cells directly or indirectly stimulate the formation of mature bone.
  • the progenitor cells may be cells that ultimately differentiate into mature bone cells themselves, i.e., cells that "directly” form new bone tissue.
  • Cells that, upon stimulation, attract further progenitor cells or promote nearby cells to differentiate into bone-forming cells are also considered to be progenitor cells in the context of this disclosure - as their stimulation "indirectly” leads to bone repair or regeneration.
  • Bone progenitor cells and bone progenitor tissues may be cells and tissues that, in their natural environment, arrive at an area of active bone growth, repair or regeneration (also referred to as a wound repair site). In terms of bone progenitor cells, these may also be cells that are attracted or recruited to such an area. These may be cells that are present within an artificially-created osteotomy site in an animal model, such as those disclosed herein.
  • Bone progenitor cells may also be isolated from animal or human tissues and maintained in an in vitro environment. Suitable areas of the body from which to obtain bone progenitor cells are areas such as the bone tissue and fluid surrounding a fracture or other skeletal defect (whether or not this is an artificially created site), or indeed, from the bone marrow. Isolated cells may be stimulated using the methods and compositions disclosed herein and, if desired, be returned to an appropriate site in an animal where bone repair is to be stimulated. In such cases, the nucleic-acid containing cells would themselves be a form of therapeutic agent. Such ex vivo protocols are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • the bone progenitor cells and tissues will be those cells and tissues that arrive at the area of bone fracture or damage that one desires to treat. Accordingly, in treatment embodiments, there is no difficulty associated with the identification of suitable target progenitor cells to which the present therapeutic compositions should be applied. All that is required in such cases is to obtain an appropriate stimulatory composition, as disclosed herein, and contact the site of the bone fracture or defect with the composition. The nature of this biological environment is such that the appropriate cells will become activated in the absence of any further targeting or cellular identification by the practitioner.
  • Certain methods of the invention involve, generally, contacting bone progenitor cells with a matrix composition comprising one or more osteogenic genes (with or without additional genes, proteins or other biomolecules) so as to promote expression of said gene in said cells.
  • a matrix composition comprising one or more osteogenic genes (with or without additional genes, proteins or other biomolecules) so as to promote expression of said gene in said cells.
  • the cells may be contacted in vitro or in vivo.
  • matrix- associated DNA e.g., a linear DNA molecule, or DNA in the form of a plasmid or other recombinant vector, that contains the gene of interest under the control of a promoter, along with the appropriate termination signals, is sufficient to result in uptake and expression ofthe DNA, with no further steps necessary.
  • the process of contacting the progenitor cells with the osteogenic gene-matrix composition is conducted in vivo. Again, a direct consequence of this process is that the cells take up and express the gene and that they, without additional steps, function to stimulate bone tissue growth, repair or regeneration.
  • An assay of an osteoinductive gene may be conducted using the bone induction bioassay of Sampath & Reddi (1981; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference). This is a rat bone formation assay that is routinely used to evaluate the osteogenic activity of bone inductive factors. However, for analyzing the effects of osteogenic genes on bone growth, one is generally directed to use the novel osteotomy model disclosed herein.
  • the present methods and compositions may also have prophylactic uses in closed and open fracture reduction and also in the improved fixation of artificial joints.
  • the invention is applicable to stimulating bone repair in congenital, trauma- induced, or oncologic resection-induced defects, and is even useful in cosmetic plastic surgery.
  • Important uses of the invention are in the stimulation of bone repair in craniofacial defects resulting from congenital conditions, trauma or oncologic resection, and in the treatment of periodontal disease and other tooth repair processes.
  • Use of the present invention in connection with localized PDGF delivery may be preferred for tissue regeneration connected with periodontal disease (Giannobile, 1996).
  • a further aspect of the present invention is its use in connection with orthopaedic implants and interfaces and artificial joints, including implants themselves and functional parts of an implant, such as, e.g., surgical screws, pins, and the like.
  • the metal surface or surfaces of an implant or a portion thereof, such as a titanium surface can be coated with a material that has an affinity for nucleic acids, most preferably, with hydroxyl apatite, and then the coated-metal will be further coated with the gene or nucleic acid that one wishes to transfer.
  • the available chemical groups of the abso ⁇ tive material, such as hydroxyl apatite may be readily manipulated to control its affinity for nucleic acids, as is known to those of skill in the art.
  • pin placement in the center of the femur is ensured by fluoroscopic imaging during pin placement.
  • the external fixator is secured on the pins and a 5 mm or 2 mm segmental defect is created in the central diaphysis through an incision using a Hall Micro 100 Oscillating saw (#5053-60 Hall surgical blades) under constant irrigation.
  • Hall Micro 100 Oscillating saw #5053-60 Hall surgical blades
  • Implant materials may be used for transferring genes into the site of wound healing, bone repair and/or regeneration in vivo.
  • Certain preferred matrices are described herein in Example XI through Example XIX. Such materials are soaked in, or fabricated with, a solution containing the DNA or gene that is to be transferred to the bone regrowth site.
  • implant materials Prior to placement in osteotomy sites, implant materials are soaked in solutions of DNA (or virus) under sterile conditions. The soaking is for any appropriate and convenient period, e.g., from 5-6 minutes to over-night.
  • the DNA (e.g., plasmid) solution is a sterile aqueous solution, such as sterile water or an acceptable buffer, with the concentration generally being about 0.5 - 1.0 mg/ml.
  • Exemplary plasmids are those such as pGL2 (Promega), pSV40b-gal, pAd.CMVlacZ, and pLJ.
  • the contents of the osteotomy site are irrigated with sterile saline and the implant material or matrix, previously soaked in a solution of plasmid DNA or other DNA construct, if appropriate, is placed in situ. The wound is then closed in layers. Since the fixator provides the necessary stability no limitations on animal ambulation exist, and other supports are not required.
  • the surgical protocol has been successfully performed on numerous animals to date. None of these animals have died and no significant adverse effects have been observed, other than complications that might be associated with surgical fracture repair. Minor complications that were experienced include 1 animal that developed a post-operative osteomyelitis and 1 animal in which 2/4 pins loosened as a consequence of bone fracture.
  • the rate of new bone formation is analyzed as follows. At necropsy the osteotomy site is carefully dissected for histomo ⁇ hometric analysis. The A-P and M-
  • Tissue blocks are dehydrated in increasing alcohol concentrations and embedded. 5 mm thick sections are cut in the coronal plane using a Reichert Polycut microtome. Sections are prepared from midway through the width of the marrow cavity to guard against a sampling bias. Sections for light microscopy are stained using a modified Goldner's trichrome stain, to differentiate bone, osteoid, cartilage, and fibrous tissue. Sections are cover-slipped using Eukitt's mounting medium (Calibrated Instruments, Ardsley, NY). Histomo ⁇ hometric analyses are performed under brightfield using a Nikon Optiphot Research microscope. Standard point count stereology techniques using a 10 mm x 10 mm eyepiece grid reticular are used.
  • Total callus area is measured at 125X magnification as an index of the overall intensity of the healing reaction. Area fractions of bone, cartilage, and fibrous tissue are measured at 250 X magnification to examine the relative contribution of each tissue to callus formation. Since the dimensions of the osteotomy gap reflect the baseline (time 0), a measurement of bone area at subsequent time intervals is used to indicate the rate of bone infill. Statistical significance is assessed using analysis of variance, with post-hoc comparisons between groups conducted using Tukey's studentized range t test.
  • EXAMPLE II MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF NEW BONE FORMATION The mechanical properties of new bone formed during gene transfer are measured using, e.g., whole bone torsion tests that create a stress state in which the maximum tensile stresses occur on planes that lie obliquely to the bone's longitudinal axis. Such tests may provide important inferences about the mechanical anisotropy of callus tissue and the degree of osseous integration of new bone tissue. These tests are particularly advantageous in the evaluation of fracture specimens, e.g., the irregular shape of callus tissue typically precludes the use of whole bone 4-point bending tests because it is difficult to reproducibly align the points from specimen to specimen.
  • Femurs are tested on an MTS Servohydraulic Testing Machine while moist and at room temperature.
  • a torque sensor and rotary variable displacement transducer provides data for torque-angular displacement curves.
  • Specially designed fixtures support each bone near the metaphyseal-diaphyseal junctions, and apply a 2-point load to the diaphysis. Tests are conducted at a constant rate of displacement equal to 20 degrees/sec.
  • a 250 inch-ounce load cell measures the total applied force. All bones are tested while moist and room temperature. Torque and angular displacement data are acquired using an analog-to-digital converter and a Macintosh computer and software.
  • This invention also provides a means of using osteogenic gene transfer in connection with reconstructive surgery and various bone remodeling procedures.
  • the techniques described herein may thus be employed in connection with the technology described by Yasko et al, (1992), Chen et al, (1991) and Beck et al (1991), each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • Numerous genes may be used as wound-healing or osteogenic genes for use in the matrix-gene transfer technology of the present invention.
  • U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for purposes including inco ⁇ orating the text concerning the preparation and use of the active fragment of the human parathyroid hormone gene (hPTHl-34), expression vectors containing the hPTHl-34 gene and the use ofthe hPTHl-34 gene in gene transfer to promote wound-healing, as exemplified by new bone formation.
  • Hendy et al. (1981) is also inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for pu ⁇ oses including describing the DNA and amino acid sequences of hPTH 1-34.
  • U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780 is also inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for purposes including inco ⁇ orating the text concerning the preparation and use of the mouse bone mo ⁇ hogenetic protein-4 (BMP-4) gene, expression vectors containing the BMP-4 gene and the use of the BMP-4 gene in gene transfer to promote wound- healing, as exemplified by new bone formation.
  • the amino acid sequence encoded by the mouse BMP-4 transgene, including the tag, is represented by SEQ ID NO:l in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for piuposes including the inco ⁇ oration of the referenced sequence.
  • the human sequence for BMP-4 is well known to those of skill in the art and has been deposited in Genbank.
  • Placement of the HA epitope at the extreme carboxy terminus does not interfere with the function of the recombinant molecule sequence in vitro or in vivo.
  • the advantage of the epitope is for utilization in immunohistochemical methods to specifically identify the recombinant mouse BMP-4 molecule in osteotomy tissues in vivo, e.g., the epitope can be identified using a commercially available monoclonal antibody (Boehringer-Mannheim).
  • 08/479,722 are specifically inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • LTBP-3 the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 and the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 from U.S. Application Serial No. 08/316,650 are specifically inco ⁇ orated herein by reference, as are the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 and the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:4 from U.S. Application Serial No. Serial No. 08/479,722.
  • the LTBP-3 protein in particular includes a signal peptide, and five structurally distinct regions (Region 1- Region 5), as described in U.S. Application Serial No. Serial No. 08/479,722, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919 filed November 20, 1996, is also inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in entirety for pu ⁇ oses including describing the preparation and use of further isolated novel genes, particularly activins/inhibins, such as liver activins.
  • U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919 is particularly inco ⁇ orated for its teachings concerning vertebrate activins expressed in the liver.
  • liver activin ⁇ c and ⁇ E subunit genes and proteins, and domains and fragments thereof, are described; as are other members of the liver activin subgroup; liver activin genomic regulatory elements that regulate the expression of liver activins; antisense sequences and ribozymes; host cell expression systems, including hepatocytes; liver activin proteins, fusion (chimeric) proteins, polypeptides and peptides; antibodies to liver activin proteins; diagnostic detection methods; transgenic animals that express a liver activin; recombinant knock-out animals that do not express liver activin(s); antagonists and agonists of the liver activins; methods of modulating liver activin gene expression activity to regulate cell growth and/or differentiation and to treat abnormalities related thereto, including intraco ⁇ oreal and extraco ⁇ oreal liver tissue growth and regeneration; and methods of promoting hematopoiesis, local and systemic bone growth and regeneration; and compounds that effect all such modulatory, growth and/or regenerative processes.
  • 08/752,919 is specifically inco ⁇ orated herein by reference, as is the amino acid sequence of the encoded protein, as shown in FIG. 2 of U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919.
  • U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919 is particularly inco ⁇ orated by reference for the purposes of describing activin gene compositions and activin gene- matrix compositions, and methods of using such compositions in the regulation of cell growth and/or differentiation including, but not limited to, stimulating liver regeneration, bone growth and hematopoiesis.
  • Suitable techniques for the detection of mRNA in tissue obtained from the site of wound healing, e.g., the site of bone regeneration, are known to those of skill in the art. Such techniques are also detailed in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for piuposes including describing suitable mRNA detection techniques. Northern analyses may also be employed.
  • mRNA detection techniques are useful for detecting expression of the transgene mRNA itself, and also in detecting the expression of hormones, growth factor receptors and other molecules in the tissues.
  • PTH parathyroid hormone
  • the presence of PTH/PTHrP receptor expression in osteotomy repair tissue has been demonstrated in the rat osteotomy model (U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for this purpose). Proteins expressed from the transgenes may also be detected immunohistochemically and by substrate utilization assays.
  • U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780 filed February 18, 1994, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for this purpose.
  • Radioimmunoassay kits are also suitable for use in such protocols, and may detect the protein product of the transgene itself, or an epitope specifically added for the purposes of immunohistochemical detection (e.g., using a specific antibody that recognizes the HA epitope, Majmudar et al, 1991).
  • bone progenitor cells are isolated from a particular animal or human subject and maintained in an in vitro environment. Suitable areas of the body from which to obtain bone progenitor cells are areas such as the bone tissue and fluid surrounding a fracture or other skeletal defect (whether or not this is an artificially created site) and from the bone marrow. Isolated cells are then contacted with the DNA or recombinant viral composition, with or without a matrix, allowing the cells to take up the DNA (or be infected by the recombinant virus). The stimulated cells are then returned to the site in the animal or patient where bone repair is to be stimulated.
  • Adenovirus constructs may be prepared as described by Stratford-Perricaudet et ⁇ l, 1992, and Davidson et ⁇ , 1993, each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • Successful adenoviral gene transfer of marker gene constructs into bone repair cells was demonstrated in the rat osteotomy model, and fully described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994; U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996; and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997; each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for this purpose.
  • CMVl ⁇ cZ is an example of a replication-defective adenoviral vector that can replicate in permissive cells (Stratford-Perricaudet et ⁇ l., 1992).
  • the early enhancer/promoter of the cytomegalovirus (CMV) is used to drive transcription of l ⁇ cL with an SV40 polyadenylation sequence cloned downstream from the reporter gene (Davidson et ⁇ , 1993).
  • pAd.RSV4 has essentially the same backbone as pAdCMVl ⁇ cZ, however the CMV promoter and the single Bgl ⁇ l cloning site has been replaced in a cassette-like fashion with a BgM fragment that consists of an RSV promoter, a multiple cloning site, and a poly(A + ) site.
  • the greater flexibility of this vector is contemplated to be useful in subcloning osteogenic genes, such as the hPTHl-34 cDNA fragment, for use in further studies.
  • An Ultra Fiber TM implant was soaked for 6 minutes in a solution of AdCMV lacL virus (10 10 -10 u plaque forming units or PFU/ml) and then implanted into an osteotomy site. The defect was allowed to heal for 3 weeks, during which time the progress of the wound healing and bone regeneration responses were monitored by weekly radiographic examination.
  • Matrix-mediated gene transfer has also been employed to create transfected cells that constitutively express recombinant hPTHl-34 in vivo and to stimulate bone formation (fully described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for this piupose).
  • PTH transgene expression stimulates bone regeneration/repair in live animals. This is a particularly important finding as it is known that hPTHl-34 is a more powerful anabolic agent when given intermittently as opposed to continuously, and it is the continuous-type delivery that results from the gene transfer methods used here.
  • a model system has been developed in which incisions in adult rat skeletal muscle are made and a suture preparation coated with a preparation of sustained release PLGA particles and plasmid DNA is used as a skeletal muscle gene delivery device.
  • a surgical suture was coated with marker DNA encoding human placental alkaline phosphatase and used to suture rat muscle tissue. The study demonstrates successful transfer and expression of DNA in the tissue repaired with the coated suture.
  • a solution containing marker DNA encoding human placental alkaline phosphatase (1 mg DNA, 0.5 mM Tris-EDTA, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.3) was added to 1.5 ml of a PLGA/chloroform solution (3% (w/v) 50/50 polylactic polyglycolic acid PLGA co-polymer, average MW 90,000, inherent viscosity 1.07).
  • the solution was emulsified by vortexing for 2 minutes followed by sonicating for 30 sec at about 0°C using a microtip probe-type sonicator at 55 Watts output. This process yielded an emulsion that looked very milky. A hole was pierced in a piece of Teflon-coated foil (Norton Performance
  • the suture prepared above was sewn into the skeletal muscle tissue of two normal adult rats with satisfactory surgical results.
  • the suture exhibited good tie- down properties.
  • muscle plus suture was dissected, snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and ground into a powder.
  • the powder was incubated in 200 ⁇ l lysis buffer, exposed to three freeze-thaw cycles and clarified. The clear liquid was assayed for alkaline phosphatase activity using standard methods after incubation at 65°C.
  • a model system has been developed in which repair cells in large blood vessels in certain rabbits are transfected with a preparation of sustained release PLGA nanoparticles and plasmid DNA. Repair cells are present because the blood vessels in the chosen rabbits harbor a foam cell lesion that mimics clinical atherosclerosis in humans.
  • the present example demonstrates the ability to deliver and express gene constructs into large blood vessel repair cells.
  • angioplasty catheter was removed, 20 mg of heparin was injected intra-arterially to prevent distal thrombosis. Both ends of iliac artery were tightened with 10.0 silk, and a 5 mg/ml DNA-PLGA nanoparticle suspension was infused in each iliac artery over 3 minutes at 0.5 atm. The wound was sutured. Rabbits were sacrificed 2 wk after the balloon angioplasty and nanoparticle delivery. Through a vertical lower abdominal incision, both iliac arteries were isolated. A 2 cm segment of iliac artery was excised bilaterally. Carotid arteries from rabbit was taken as a control sample. The tissue was preserved in liquid nitrogen for alkaline phosphatase assay.
  • the results of the phosphatase expression assays indicate that a nanoparticle plus DNA formulation was capable of delivering nucleic acids to repair cells in the iliac arteries of adult rabbits injured with a balloon catheter. Both the right and left iliac arteries were positive for phosphatase activity after exposure to nanoparticle matrix- DNA formulations. No phosphatase activity was detected in the control aorta. These positive results indicate that, upon exposure to a gene activated matrix, repair cells in large blood vessels take up and express nucleic acid molecules.
  • PCT Application No. PCT/US98/06188 (WO 98/44027), filed March 31, 1998 and designating the U.S., are each specifically inco ⁇ orated herein by reference without disclaimer for the piupose of even more fully describing controlled and open pore matrix preparation.
  • all temperatures are set forth uncorrected in degrees Celsius and unless otherwise indicated. All parts and percentages are by weight.
  • Pellets of an 85:15 copolymer of D,L-lactide and glycolide were purchased from Boehringer Ingelheim (Henley, Montvale, NJ), and utilized to fabricate polymer matrices.
  • the intrinsic viscosity of the polymer was about 1.3-1.7.
  • Polymer pellets were ground using a Tekmar grinder (Bel-Art Products, Pequannock, NJ), and sieved to obtain particles ranging from 106 to 250 ⁇ m.
  • the polymer particles were mixed with sodium chloride particles (Mallinckrodt, Paris, KY).
  • the salt particles were sieved to yield a range of sizes, and the weight ratio of NaCkPLGA masses ranged from 0 to 50. In all cases, the total mass of PLGA and NaCl was held constant at 0.8 g.
  • the samples were then exposed to high pressure CO 2 gas (800 psi) for 48 h to saturate the polymer with gas. A thermodynamic instability was then created by decreasing the gas pressure to ambient pressure. This led to the nucleation and growth of CO 2 pores within the polymer matrices.
  • the NaCl particles were subsequently removed from the matrices by leaching the matrices in ddH 2 0 for 48 h. All processing steps were performed at ambient temperature.
  • Porous sponges were also fabricated using a previously described solvent casting-particulate leaching technique (Mikos et al, 1994; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference).
  • PLGA was dissolved in chloroform (Mallinckrodt; Paris, KY) to yield a solution of 10% (w:v), and 0.12 ml of this solution was loaded into Teflon cylinders (diameter 0.5 cm, Cole Parmer) packed with 0.4 g of sodium chloride particles sieved to a size between 250 and 500 mm.
  • Teflon cylinders diameter 0.5 cm, Cole Parmer
  • polymer films with entrapped salt particles (3 mm thick) were carefully removed from the molds. The salt was removed by immersing films in distilled water for 48 h.
  • the samples were imaged using a scanning electron microscope (ISI-DS 130, Topcon Technologies, Pleasanton, CA).
  • the samples were gold coated using a
  • the pore structure observed in cross-sections of the matrices of the present invention was similar to that observed in cross-sections of matrices formed with a solvent-casting/particulate leaching (SC/PL) technique.
  • SC/PL solvent-casting/particulate leaching
  • the pore structure of matrices formed from the SC/PL process is often not uniform throughout the matrix due to evaporation of the organic solvent and subsequent increase in the polymer concentration of the remaining solution entrapped within the salt bed.
  • the surface of the SC/PL matrices that is adjacent to the glass coverslip during processing is typically less porous than the remainder of the matrix.
  • the pore structure of gas foamed-particulate leached (GF/PL) matrices of the present invention was uniform throughout the matrix and on the exterior surfaces.
  • the ratio of NaChPLGA and the size of NaCl particles in GF/PL matrices were next varied to determine the range of porosity and pore structure that could be obtained with this process (Table 1).
  • the gross porosity of these matrices increased from 85.1% x 2.3 to 96.5 % x 0.5 as the ratio of NaChPLGA was similarly increased.
  • the increase in salt particle diameter had very little effect on the overall porosity.
  • the pore size increased in parallel.
  • the stability of the matrices was next assessed using compressive and tensile mechanical tests.
  • the GF/PL matrices exiiibited improved mechanical properties as compared to the SC/PL matrices.
  • the average compression moduli were 159 x 130 kPa and 289 x 25 kPa for the SC PL and GF/PL matrices, respectively.
  • the average tensile moduli were 334 ⁇ 52 kPa for the SC PL matrices and 1100 ⁇ 236 kPa for the GF/PL matrices (Table 2). This data represents a 80% increase in compression strength and a 300% increase in tensile strength.
  • SMC smooth muscle cells
  • This buffer contains 0.125 mg/rnL elastase (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis,
  • Nitex filter Tetko, Inc., Briarcliff Manor, NY
  • the pellet was resuspended in Medium 199 (Sigma) supplemented with 20% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FBS, Gibco), 2 mM L-glutamine (Gibco), and 50 units/ L penicillin-streptomycin (Gibco).
  • the cells were cultured on tissue culture plastic in a humidified 5% CO 2 atmosphere with the medium (Medium 199, 10%(v/v) fetal bovine serum, 50 units/mL penicillin-streptomycin) changed every other day. Cells at passage 17 were used in these studies.
  • the matrices were seeded with SMCs by placing a 40 mL cell suspension containing 3.14 x 10 7 cells/mL on top of each matrix and allowing the cell suspension to absorb into the matrix. Matrices were contained in tissue culture dishes and incubated at 37°C for -36 h. Next, the polymer matrices were cultured for two weeks and placed in a spinner flask (100 mL, Bellco Glass, Inc., Vineland, N J, USA) stirred at 40 RPM.
  • a spinner flask 100 mL, Bellco Glass, Inc., Vineland, N J, USA
  • the number of cells in the matrices was determined by measuring the DNA content in enzyme-digested triplicate samples using Hoechst 33258 dye and a fluorometer (Hoefer DyNA Quant 200, Pharmacia Biotech, Uppsala, Sweden). For scanning electron microscopic examination, samples were fixed in 1% glutaraldehyde and 0.1% formaldehyde for 30 min and 24 h, respectively, dehydrated in a graded series of ethanol/water solutions, dried, and then sputter-coated with gold. A scanning electron microscope (ISI-DS 130, Topcon Technologies) was operated at lO kV to image samples. Histological sections were prepared by fixing cell-polymer matrices (10% formalin), dehydrating, embedding, sectioning and staining with hematoxylin and eosin or VerhoefUs using standard techniques.
  • the cells filled the pores of the matrix and created a new three-dimensional tissue within the synthetic matrix. Most of the cell growth occurred around the periphery of the matrix in a relatively uniform manner, and a low cell concentration was observed in the center ofthe matrices at 2 wk. There was no observed change in the size and shape ofthe matrices over this time period.
  • Controlled, open pore matrices containing plasmid DNA can be fabricated by a one-step gas foaming/particulate leaching process, generally as described in Example XI.
  • polymer particles and plasmid DNA are mixed with sodium chloride, compressed into a disc, and placed in a pressure vessel with a high pressure gas. Release of the pressure causes the polymer particles to expand. Collisions between adjacent polymer particles cause them to fuse, thereby producing an interconnected structural matrix. Pores are formed within the matrix by leaching out the salt and leaving a matrix with an open pore structure (Example XI).
  • Controlled, open pore matrices containing plasmid DNA can also be fabricated by a two-step gas foaming/particulate leaching process.
  • the two-step process involves mixing the polymer with plasmid, compressing into a disc, and placing in a pressure vessel with high pressure gas. Release of the pressure produces an interconnected matrix; however, the polymer has a closed pore structure. If cellular invasion is not desired during use of the plasmid-containing matrix, the closed pore polymer can be used for sustained delivery.
  • the second step of this two-step process involves grinding the initial matrix into small pieces, mixing them with salt, pressing into a disc, and placement in a pressure vessel. The matrix is then foamed and the salt removed via leaching.
  • Example XIV 75:25 and 85:15 copolymers of D,L-lactide and glycolide (PLGor PLGA) (Henley, Montvale, NJ, USA) were utilized to fabricate matrices with a gas foaming/particulate leaching process (Example XI; Harris et al,
  • 75:25 PLG was purchased and used as a powder.
  • the 85:15 PLG was purchased in pellet form and ground to a particle size ranging from 106 to 250 ⁇ m.
  • Plasmid DNA was purified using QiagenTM reagents (Qiagen Inc., Santa Clarita, CA, USA).
  • the plasmid used in the release studies was the pNGVL-1 vector containing the gene for nuclear targeted ⁇ -galactosidase (nt ⁇ -gal).
  • Plasmid DNA encoding a nuclear targeted ⁇ -galactosidase (nt ⁇ -gal) was inco ⁇ orated directly into poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG) matrices processed into three-dimensional matrices using- a gas foaming process (Example XIII, Harris et al, 1998; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference). These matrices are highly porous (>90%) with an interconnected open pore structure, confirmed by mercury porosimetry (Harris et ⁇ Z., 1998). Matrices containing plasmid DNA were created from three different PLGA copolymers that have varying degradation rates (Wong and Mooney, 1997; inco ⁇ orated herein by reference).
  • the inco ⁇ oration efficiency defined here is based on the amount of plasmid that remains in the matrix after the leach step.
  • i.v. means intrinsic viscosity, which is a measure of the molecular weight of the polymer. It is understood to be easier for manufacturers to measure intrinsic viscosity than molecular weight, and so is often report instead of direct molecular weights.
  • plasmid DNA was released from these polymer matrices over various sustained time frames.
  • DNA was released for up to 160 days.
  • the structural integrity of the released plasmid was confirmed using gel electrophoresis of samples obtained at different times (1, 7, 28 days) of release. The released plasmid is structurally intact for all times of release.
  • the percentage of DNA in the supercoiled conformation for uninco ⁇ orated plasmid (positive control DNA used as the starting material) and plasmid collected at 1, 7, and 28 days of release was
  • the transfection competence of plasmid inco ⁇ orated and released from matrices was assessed by calcium precipitation and in vitro transfection.
  • 293T cells were transfected with the nt ⁇ -gal plasmid collected from the release study at 1, 7, 28 and even 70 days of release.
  • the plasmid DNA was condensed and placed in the media above 293T cells. On the third day, cells were fixed and examined for expression ofthe plasmid.
  • the percentage of cells transfected was estimated by staining with X-gal and counting the fraction of cells transfected in 5 randomly chosen locations.
  • ⁇ -galactosidase activity was determined using the Galacto-Light chemiluminescent reporter assay for the detection of ⁇ -gal (Tropix, Inc. Bedford, MA, USA).
  • the relative light units (RLU) recorded from a (Turner Designs, Sunnyvale, CA, USA) luminometer are normalized with respect to the mass of protein present, which was determined using the BCA Protein Assay (Pierce Biochemicals, Rockford, IL, USA).
  • FIG. 2A Photographs of cells transfected by plasmid DNA released from the PLGA sponges over the first 70 days also supported the quantitative results.
  • Example XV shows that implantation of the DNA-releasing matrices leads to transfection of the cells within and surrounding the matrix in vivo.
  • the ability of the released plasmid to transfect cells in vivo was assessed by implantation of the PLGA sponges containing plasmid DNA into subcutaneous tissue of Lewis rats (100-150g). Marker gene studies utilized nt ⁇ -gal for determination of the location of transfected cells. Histological sections cut from frozen tissues were examined following staining with X-gal (Gibco).
  • the total number of transfected cells per implant was estimated by quantifying the number of transfected cells per section (manual counting), and multiplying by the ratio ofthe thickness ofthe matrix (1.3 cm) to the thickness ofthe section (10 ⁇ m).
  • Controlled pore structural matrices fabricated as in the previous examples, and loaded with the nuclear targeted ⁇ -galactosidase plasmid were implanted into the subcutaneous tissue in the back of Lewis rats. At 2 and 4 weeks, implants were retrieved, sectioned, and stained for expression of the plasmid. At two weeks, a large number of cells surrounding the matrix were transfected. At four weeks, a greater number of transfected cells were detected in the implant periphery, in comparison to the two week sample. Higher magnifications demonstrated the nuclear specific staining of the transfected cells within this region, confirming expression of the delivered nt ⁇ -gal plasmid.
  • the present example shows that implantation of controlled pore structural matrices containing plasmid DNA encoding platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) stimulates tissue growth in vivo.
  • PDGF platelet-derived growth factor
  • PDGF has a major role in the wound healing response and has been shown to affect matrix deposition and to enhance vascularization (Raines and Ross, 1993).
  • the present studies utilized the pNGVL-1 vector containing the gene encoding for human recombinant PDGF B-chain.
  • Implants retrieved at 2 and 4 weeks were fixed, embedded in paraffin, and sectioned. Histological sections were analyzed for the number of blood vessels (FIG. 3A), the area of blood vessels (FIG. 3B), and the granulation layer thickness (FIG. 4) following staining with the Masson's trichrome procedure.
  • images were captured to a computer and analyzed.
  • the number and area of blood vessels and the thickness of the granulation layer were determined for each condition. Blood vessel number and area were quantified at 400X magnification.
  • the thickness of the granulation layer was determined from images captured at either 20X or 40X.
  • tissue containing polymer matrices releasing the PDGF plasmid had an increase in vascularization (FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B), an increase in granulation tissue (FIG. 4) and a loss of adipose tissue adjacent to the muscle layer.
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B vascularization
  • FIG. 4 granulation tissue
  • a loss of adipose tissue adjacent to the muscle layer In addition to these effects on vascularization and the granulation layer, changes within the muscle layer were also seen with the PDGF encoding plasmid; an effect not seen in the control samples. This effect, at a distance from the implant, is important as it shows that tissues removed from the site of implant can be affected using the present gene-matrix delivery invention.
  • Quantification of the samples at both 2 wk and 4 wk showed a statistically significant increase in the number and area of blood vessels (FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B) and the thickness of the granulation tissue (FIG. 4) for matrices releasing PDGF as compared to matrices releasing the control plasmid.
  • the statistically significant difference had a value of p ⁇ 0.05 for all three responses (FIG. 3A; FIG. 3B; FIG. 4).
  • PDGF-encoding plasmids were also directly injected into the subcutaneous pocket (400 ⁇ g of plasmid (the average quantity of plasmid inco ⁇ orated into each matrix) in 100 ⁇ L). Histological sections obtained following direct plasmid injection showed no significant difference for PDGF delivery as compared to control. Quantification ofthe samples showed no significant effect on the thickness of the granulation tissue (p>0.l) (FIG. 5 A) or the number of blood vessels (p>0.1) (FIG. 5B) with this method of plasmid delivery. These negative results are in accordance with the studies of Ledley (1996).
  • the foregoing inco ⁇ orated applications describe modified alginates that comprise at least one alginate chain section to which is bonded at least one molecule useful for cellular interaction.
  • Preferred bonding mechanisms are those utilizing one or more uronic acid residues on the alginate chain section.
  • the biomolecules useful for cellular interaction are exemplified by cell adhesion molecules, cell attachment peptides, proteoglycan attachment peptide sequences, proteoglycans, and polysaccharides exhibiting cell adhesion.
  • Particular examples are RGD peptides, fibronectin, vitronectin, Laminin A,
  • Laminin BI Laminin BI
  • Laminin B2 collagen 1 or thrombospondin.
  • Various polypeptide or peptide growth factors or enzymes may also be used as the cellular interacting molecules.
  • the alginate backbone of the modified alginate composition may comprise an oligomeric block unit of D-mannuronate, L-guluronate, or various combinations thereof. Alginates with naturally occurring alginate chain sections are also suitable for use in the modified alginate compositions.
  • the alginate chain sections will have a molecular weight of about 30,000, about 50,000 or up to about 100,000 or more.
  • the modified alginate compositions are suitable for formulation into an injectable composition or solution for use as a cell transplantation matrix. All such matrices can be used in combination with genes or DNA to prepare the DNA-matrix formulations of the present invention.
  • the modified alginate compositions form a network for viable cells to multiply, and are thus effective cell transplantation matrices.
  • the modified alginate components of such matrices may be considered to be "hydrogels".
  • the modified alginates may contain at least one alginate chain section bonded to a polymeric backbone section and/or at least one alginate chain section cross-linked to another alginate chain section on the same or a different molecule.
  • the polymers may comprise polymeric backbone sections and various side chains bonded to the backbone, optionally through a biological linker.
  • Appropriate linkers are those involving amino acids, amino aldehydes, amino alcohols, or derivatized groups such as hydrazine, hydrazide, or semicarbazide.
  • Appropriate backbone sections are therefore various natural and synthetic polymers, such as peptides and polypeptides, poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(ethylene oxide), and poly(uronic acid) in addition to the alginate-based polymers.
  • biodegradable linkers may be provided to form cleavable bonds between the backbone section and the side chain.
  • exemplary biodegradable bonds are those wherein a linker is bonded to the polymeric backbone section by an ester, imine, hydrozone or semicarbazone group.
  • alginate materials that comprise alginate chains with covalently bonded cross-linking between the chains. This provides alginate material that is cross-linked to the extent such that it resumes essentially its original shape after compression.
  • the alginate material has sol-gel properties.
  • the alginate material may additionally be gelled by the action of a divalent cation.
  • the alginate chains may be cross-linked with a polyfunctional cross-linking agent having at least two functional groups that are covalently bonded to reactable groups within the alginate chains, such as carboxylic or uronic acid groups.
  • a polyfunctional cross-linking agent having at least two functional groups that are covalently bonded to reactable groups within the alginate chains, such as carboxylic or uronic acid groups.
  • These bifunctional cross-linking agents may therefore comprise at least two nitrogen-containing functional groups, as exemplified by containing at least two imine, hydrozide or semicarbazide functional groups, or combinations thereof.
  • the cross-linking agents will be lysine or an alkyl ester thereof.
  • the flexible, cross-linked alginates can generally vary between forms in which 1-75 mole% of the carboxylic or uronic acid groups in the alginate chains are cross- linked. About 1, about 5, about 10, about 20, about 50 and about 75 mole% cross- linking provides useful polymers.
  • the various cross-linked alginate materials can thus be formulated in a viscous liquid form or in a swellable gel form. As mentioned above, these alginate materials may also be fabricated in non-swellable, compression-resistant forms having "shape memory properties". Any of these various alginate liquids, gels or shape-memory gels may also be bonded to other biomolecules, particularly any of the foregoing molecules useful for cellular interactions.
  • the genes or DNA may be linked to any one or more of the foregoing modified alginate compositions via a covalent bond, and preferably, via a biodegradable or releasable bond.
  • genetic material may simply be physically and functionally associated with a matrix, and there is no particular requirement for covalent bonding.
  • compositions, methods and apparatus disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions, methods and apparatus of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions, methods and apparatus, and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the methods described herein, without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents that are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
  • TGF-beta 1 induces bone closure of skull defects
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor

Abstract

Disclosed are particular 3-dimensional structural matrices containing DNA and their use in the prolonged release of DNA in various biological environments. The DNA-matrix materials are created such that they maintain a defined space, allowing cellular migration, transfection and proliferation to occur in a controlled manner. Such DNA-containing structural matrices are thus particularly useful in in vivo cell transfection and gene expression in the context of gene therapy.

Description

SUSTAINED DNA DELIVERY
FROM STRUCTURAL MATRICES
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present application claims priority to first provisional application Serial No. 60/085,305, filed May 13, 1998, and to second provisional application Serial No. 60/109,054, filed November 19, 1998, the entire specifications, claims and figures of which are each incorporated herein by reference without disclaimer. The U.S. Government owns rights in the present invention pursuant to Grant Numbers 1RO1DE13004, DE07057 and AR40673 from the National Institutes of Health.
1. Field of the Invention
The present invention generally relates to the fields of porous polymer materials and their biological uses. More specifically, it concerns particular 3-dimensional structural matrices containing DNA, and the controlled and prolonged release of DNA from the matrices. The invention thus provides defined DNA-matrix materials and methods of using such compositions in cell transfection, gene expression and in vivo gene therapy, as exemplified by uses in wound healing and bone repair.
2. Description of Related Art
Lost or deficient tissue function leads to millions of surgical procedures each year and a loss to the western economies of hundreds of billions of dollars (Langer and Vacanti, 1993). Tissue engineering has emerged as a potential means of growing new tissues and organs to treat such patients, and several approaches are currently under investigation to engineer structural tissues.
Improved biodegradable polymers and copolymers have recently been generated for use in the tissue engineering field. This has allowed developments in the generation of autologous and allogeneic tissues intended for use in transplantation. The role of biomaterials in the in vitro expansion of cultured cells is generally to serve as a vehicle to localize the cells of interest. Biomaterials can also be used in vivo to deliver biologically active substances.
Biodegradable homopolymers and copolymers of lactic and glycolic acid, poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA; now also termed poly(lactide-co-glycolide) or PLG), have become attractive candidates for fabricating tissue engineering matrices due to their flexible and well defined physical properties and relative biocompatibility. The degradation products of these polymers are also natural metabolites and are readily removed from the body.
Several techniques have been used to fabricate polymers into porous matrices for tissue engineering applications, including solvent-casting/particulate leaching
(SC/PL) (Mikos et al, 1994); phase separation (Lo et al, 1995); fiber extrusion and fabric forming processing (Cavallaso et al, 1994); and gas foaming (Mooney et al,
1996). However, the current techniques each suffer from their particular drawbacks.
The solvent-casting/particulate leaching and phase separation approaches require the use of organic solvents. Residues of organic solvents that remain in these polymers after processing may damage transplanted cells and nearby tissue and/or inactivate biologically active factors incorporated into the polymer matrix for controlled release. Fiber forming typically requires high temperatures (above the transition temperature of polymer), and is not amenable to processing amorphous polymers. The high temperatures used in such processes would likely denature any biologically active molecules incorporated into the matrix.
The gas foaming method, as exemplified by Mooney et al. (1996), provides a technique to fabricate highly porous matrices from PLGA using a high pressure gas that avoids the use of organic solvents and high temperatures. However, the technique typically yields a closed pore structure, which is disadvantageous in many applications of cell transplantation. In addition, a solid skin of polymer results on the exterior surface ofthe foamed matrix and this may lead to mass transport limitations.
Therefore, there exists in the art a need for improved polymer materials for use in tissue engineering and biodelivery protocols. In terms of in vivo, rather than in vitro uses, several other problems also need to be overcome. These include limitations such as the delivery of biological materials to an appropriate site of the body, exposure of the materials to the appropriate cell types, efficient release of the biological materials, maintenance of an effective concentration of the released materials, and prolonged and appropriate activity ofthe released materials.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention seeks to overcome these and other drawbacks inherent in the prior art by providing improved polymer materials for use in biodelivery protocols. The invention particularly provides matrices with controlled structural properties in functional association with DNA. Exemplary structural matrices of the invention include alginate matrices and three-dimensional structural matrices with controlled pore structures, including interconnected or open pore structures, each of which are functionally combined with DNA.
The predesigned structural matrix-DNA compositions of the invention have advantages in the prolonged release of DNA, allowing cell exposure to DNA for extended time periods. The porosity and other physical properties of the preferred DNA-matrices are also controllable, allowing the number and type of cell populations that are exposed to the DNA to be regulated. As such, the matrix-DNA compositions of this invention represent an important advance in the state of the art of in vivo cell transfection, gene expression and gene therapy.
The invention is broadly based upon any porous structural matrix. All approaches to form porous matrices may be used in the invention, such as, e.g., solvent cast and particulate leaching, phase inversion and other techniques to fabricate porous scaffolds. Preferred embodiments of the invention utilize matrices with pores formed with a gas foaming-particulate leaching process. Other preferred embodiments ofthe invention utilize various types of alginate matrices.
One aspect of the present invention concerns compositions that comprise at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural matrix, wherein:
(a) at least a portion of the structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer; or
(b) at least a portion of the structural matrix is an alginate or modified alginate matrix.
Certain currently preferred methods for preparing porous polymer materials and matrices are those that involve a combination of gas foaming (GF) and particulate leaching (PL) steps, i.e., "GF/PL processes". The so-called "GF/PL" polymers thus produced have two types of porosity: the first formed by the gas- foaming processing and the second formed by the action of particulate leaching.
Such compositions, in which at least a portion of the structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer, are currently preferred for use in the present invention. At least some portions of such structural matrices may be comprised of a porous polymer that has a substantially uniform open pore structure. Structural matrices consisting essentially of a porous polymer that has an open pore structure are also provided.
One of the important aspects of the present invention is that the structural matrices have controlled pore structures. In certain embodiments, DNA-containing polymers with interconnected and open pore structures will be preferred. The combination of the two foregoing porosity types can be regulated by controlling the processing conditions and materials used. Thus, a range of porous polymeric materials can be generated, each having particular advantageous properties.
Structural matrices that comprise at least a first matrix portion comprised of the porous polymer integrally connected to at least a second matrix portion comprised of an impermeable polymer are also included. Further provided are structural matrices that comprise at least a first matrix portion comprised of a porous polymeric material that has a substantially uniform open pore structure, wherein at least a second matrix portion is comprised of the same polymeric material in a form that lacks an open pore structure.
In the broadest aspects of the invention, as shown in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, incorporated herein by reference, the controlled pore or alginate polymeric structures, once formulated, may be suitably admixed with the DNA, RNA or genetic material, to yield the DNA-matrix or gene- matrix preparation. The DNA or gene may thus be adsorbed, absorbed or otherwise impregnated within the matrix.
In preferred embodiments of the invention, the polymeric structures are formulated with DNA, RNA or genetic material, to yield the DNA-matrix or gene- matrix preparations. The association of the DNA or gene is generally physically immobilized within the polymer during the fabrication process, although it may also be incorporated by impregnation, adsorption, or absorption.
For simplicity, control of sterility and to allow most effective incorporation of DNA throughout the controlled, preferably open pore, structure of the matrix, the DNA is preferably formulated into the matrices ofthe invention during the fabrication process. An important advantage of incoφoration during fabrication is that the subsequent DNA release is actually controlled by the fabrication materials and steps, i.e., by controlling polymer degradation and pore size, rather than later being a function only of desorption from the polymer surface. The overall fabrication is thus generally achieved by adding the genetic material to the mixture of polymer particles and leachable particulate materials prior to molding and compression, and by executing the methodology described herein.
In certain embodiments, closed pore polymer-DNA combinations can be directly used in sustained DNA delivery embodiments, both in vitro and in vivo. The preparation of a closed pore matrix structure does not utilize any leachable particulate and can be simply achieved using a one step foaming process.
In preferred embodiments, e.g., to generate a DNA matrix that facilitates cellular invasion, a matrix with an open pore structure will be employed. Open pore structure DNA-matrices can be created using either a one step GF/PL process or a two step GF/PL process. In the currently preferred one step GF/PL process, the polymer, leachable particulate and DNA are mixed, foamed and leached. In a two step GF/PL process, the polymer and DNA are first foamed and then broken into pieces. The ground pieces are then mixed with a leachable particulate, foamed again, and the particulate removed by leaching.
According to the preferred DNA-matrix preparation processes of the invention, a mixture of DNA, RNA, plasmids, vectors, viral particles or other genetic material is admixed with polymer particles and leachable particulate material(s). The three component mixture is then molded, optionally with compression, to a desired size and shape. The mixture is preferably molded by compression molding at room temperature, or other suitable temperature to effect the molding, to the size and shape that is substantially the same as that desired for its ultimate use.
The molded mixture is then subject to a high pressure gas atmosphere so that the gas dissolves in the polymer. Next, a thermodynamic instability is created, for example by reduction of the pressure, so that the dissolved gas nucleates and forms gas pores within the polymer. The gas pores cause expansion of the polymer particles, and as they expand they fuse, creating a continuous polymer matrix containing the particulate material. Finally, the particulate material is leached from the polymer with a leaching agent creating a further porosity. The DNA, RNA or other genetic material is substantially unaffected by each ofthe foregoing processes.
The polymer and particulate materials are selected so that the particulate can be leached with a leaching agent that does not significantly dissolve the polymer or otherwise significantly adversely impact either the polymeric material or genetic material admixed therewith. The mixture is preferably as uniform as possible and can be provided by conventional means.
Any polymer with which DNA can be mixed, into which gas can be dissolved and pores formed thereby, and in which a particulate can be incoφorated and leached therefrom can be used in the process. It is generally preferred, to facilitate dissolution of the gas, that the polymer be an amoφhous or predominantly amoφhous polymer. However, if it is desired to use a crystalline polymer, the crystallinity can be reduced to a level such that the gas can be dissolved therein and then the crystallinity restored after formation ofthe pores.
Depending upon the application ofthe materials, the polymer may be selected to be biodegradable or non-biodegradable. Biodegradable polymers will often be preferred. For the most preferred applications of the invention, the polymer is preferably biocompatible to the environment in which it is used, such as the human in vivo environment.
A preferred useful class of polymers for use in the invention are homopolymers and copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid, for example, poly-L- lactic acid (PLLA), poly-D,L-lactic acid (PDLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA) and copolymers of D,L-lactide and glycolide (PLGA), particularly with 50% or more of the lactide in the copolymer. Polylactic-polyglycolic acid, known as PLGA, is now also termed poly(lactide-co-glycolide), or PLG, and such terms may be used interchangeably herein. Other useful polymers, for example, are aliphatic polyesters, such as polyhydroxybutyrate, poly-e-caprolactone. Further, polyanhydrides, polyphosphazines, polypeptides may be used.
As polymer composition and molecular weight have an effect on the porosity and mechanical properties of three dimensional matrices, altering the polymer composition allows for functional control. In the GF/PL processes, copolymers of PLGA have been shown to foam to a much greater extent than either homopolymer of PGA or PLLA. This is likely due to an increased gas dissolution in amoφhous polymers, as compared to crystalline polymers. An informed choice between copolymer and homopolymer can thus be made.
The molecular weight of the polymer also has an effect on scaffold porosity. Polymers with a high molecular weight (large i.v.) do not form scaffolds with as high porosity as the same polymers with a lower molecular weight. The longer polymer chains of the high molecular weight polymer likely entangle to a greater extent, thus providing a stronger resistance to expansion than the shorter polymer chains. Such can also be considered in choosing a polymeric matrix for use with the invention.
In certain preferred embodiments, advantageous pore formation is achieved by the use of a low molecular weight amoφhous copolymer of lactide and glycolide.
Blends of different polymers may also be used, as may polymers that contain other agents, particularly those that affect the mechanical properties of the resulting matrix. For example, blends of different PLGA polymers that have distinct properties can be used to take advantage ofthe properties of each polymer. Also, other polymers can be blended with, e.g., PLGA polymers, particularly for modifying the mechanical properties thereof. For example, blends of PLGA polymers and alginate materials can provide a tougher matrix with greater elasticity and ability to withstand greater strain before breaking. The present invention therefore contemplates the use of blends of polymers that result in matrices with better pliability and/or strength. Blends using materials that act as plasticizers, toughening agents or modifiers of other properties may be preferred for certain aspects of the invention. Such materials can either be polymers or smaller molecule agents that may act in a temporary manner and then diffuse from a matrix.
The leachable particulate for use in the invention will be any particulate material that can be leached from the polymer matrix with a leaching agent and that does not significantly adversely affect the polymer or the genetic material in the admixture. Currently preferred are salts soluble in an aqueous medium, preferably water. As salts, NaCl, Na citrate, Na tartrate, and KCl are useful particulate materials. Other useful particulates leachable by dissolution include, for example, gelatin, collagen and alginate particulates.
It is also possible to use particulates that are leachable by organic solvents where the solvent does not adversely effect the polymer; however, this is not preferred since such would mitigate the advantage of lack of need for an organic solvent and lack of residue in the product. The use of organic solvents would also generally mean that the DNA should be added after matrix formulation.
In general, the size of any particulate will generally affect the size ofthe pores formed upon leaching of the particulate. Although not limiting of the invention, it is currently preferred that the particulate has an average size of from about 10 to about 500 microns. This size will correspond approximately to the size ofthe pores formed by the leaching thereof.
A gas is dissolved in the polymer, preferably in the molded, mixture of polymer, particulate and DNA, by subjecting the polymer or mixture to a pressurized atmosphere of a gas that is inert to the system and that will dissolve in the polymer under suitable conditions. Examples of suitable gases include CO2, air, nitrogen, helium, argon and oxygen.
Also, volatile liquids that provide a gas at the gas foaming temperature may be used, e.g., water. Other gases or volatile liquids that form gases known to be useful as blowing agents may also be used. These include, for example, fluorinated, including perfluorinated, hydrocarbons. Preferred for these are aliphatic or cycloaliphatic fluorinated hydrocarbons of up to 8 carbon atoms such as trifluoromethane, difiuoromethane, difluoroethane, tetrafluoroethane, heptafluoroethane, perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane, perfluorocyclobutane, perfluoropentane, perfluorohexane, perfluoroheptane, pefluorooctane, perfluorocyclopentane, perfluorocyclohexane, hexafluoropropane and heptafluoropropane.
Sulfur hexafluoride may also be a useful blowing agent. Other known blowing agents include alkanes such as propane, butanes and pentanes; cycloalkanes and cycloalkenes such as cyclobutane, cyclopentene and cyclohexene; dialkyl ethers such as dimethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether and diethyl ether; cycloalkylene ethers such as furan; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; and carboxylates such as formic acid, acetic acid and propionic acid. All such agents may be used in these aspects ofthe invention.
The pressure is generally selected to facilitate dissolution of gas into the polymer and will, thus, depend upon the gas used, the polymer used and the temperature. Pressures of from about 600 to about 900 psi are generally useful for CO2 and PLGA polymers, although this is not limiting on the invention. Gases at super- or sub-critical conditions can also be used. Furthermore, a volatile liquid that can be dissolved in the polymer and that forms a gas upon imposition of the thermodynamic instability can also be used. As an example, CO2 can be dissolved in a mixture of poly[D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid] polymer and NaCl particulate at a pressure of about 800 psi applied for about 48 h to allow saturation. The specific gas used in foaming can be an important variable in the production of porous matrices for use herewith and the choice of gas used has an effect on the final scaffold structure. CO2 produces highly porous matrices, whereas
N2 and He do not yield measurable pore formation. Although the mechanism underlying these results does not need to be known in order to practice the invention, the greater degree of foaming experienced with CO2 as compared to both N2 and He may be the result of a specific interaction between CO2 and the carbonyl groups of
PLGA. Gas equilibration times and pressure release rates may also affect the porosity and stability ofthe matrices formed.
In order to initiate nucleation of the dissolved gas and growth of gas pores in the material, a thermodynamic instability is created. This phenomenon is described by Park et al. (1995; incoφorated herein by reference). Preferably, this is done by lowering the pressure ofthe gas atmosphere, for example, down to about atmospheric pressure over a short time period. The time period being, for example, from a few seconds to about 15 or 30 minutes or so. The gas phase separates from the polymer via pore nucleation and growth ofthe pores occurs through diffusion of gas into areas adjacent the nucleation sites. The pore growth in turn reduces the polymer density.
Other methods for creating the instability, such as raising the temperature, may be used, but, are not preferred due to ease of processing of the current methods. The pore structure and pore size of the gas pores formed will be a factor of, for example, the type of gas used; the amount of gas, which will depend upon temperature and initial and final pressure ofthe gas atmosphere applied; the solubility of the gas in the particular polymer; the rate and type of pore nucleation; and the diffusion rate of the gas through the polymer to the nuclei. These and other factors can be adjusted to provide gas pores of a suitable size. Sufficient gas should be dissolved to cause formation of a continuous polymer matrix when the polymer expands during gas pore growth. As a result of the thermodynamic instability, pore nucleation and gas pore formation and expansion, the polymer containing the particulate material and DNA forms a continuous phase, i.e. matrix, around the gas pores.
The particulate is leached from the polymer with a leaching agent. Useful as leaching agent is any agent that will leach, e.g., dissolve and remove, the particulate from the polymer. An aqueous-based leaching agent, particularly water, is preferred. The methods are executed such that the leaching agent that leaches the particulate from the polymer does not leach or otherwise remove a substantial amount of the genetic material from the polymer. However, as the preferred embodiments of the present invention involve the expression ofthe DNA or genetic material in target cells contacted by the gene-matrix preparation, and as gene expression provides for long- term effects, loss of some genetic material from the matrix during the leaching process will not be detrimental to practice ofthe invention.
Uses of the invention where the particulate is not removed before implantation, but rather dissolves in the body to create the porosity for cell invasion, are also provided. The dissolving particulates can be chosen to have a minimal effect on the surrounding tissue and to diffuse away. They may also be chosen to actually activate cell migration into the scaffolds, such that the particulate that leaches out modulates cellular invasion by controlling chemotaxis of cells to the site and such like.
In such embodiments, the same processes are used to fabricate the matrices, but leaching is not conducted before implantation. Rather, the solid material (containing polymer, DNA and particulate) is implanted. The particulate is then allowed to leach or dissolve in the body simply by exposure to body fluids, thus creating the porous structure. The criteria for the particulate in such processes are that it be biocompatible and soluble in aqueous solutions. Sugars are preferred, such as sucrose, mannitol, glucose etc. In such processes, there is further control over the kinetics of DNA release, as the DNA release is controlled by the rate of dissolution of the particulate in the body following implantation. Rapidly dissolving particulates allow faster DNA release, while slower dissolving particulates retard DNA release. In addition, this allows virtually 100% efficiency of DNA delivery, as no DNA is lost in the particulate leaching step, which accounts for most ofthe DNA lost during processing.
Succinctly, the preparative methods comprise providing at least a first nucleic acid segment to a structural matrix, wherein at least a portion of the structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer. These methods comprise leaching out the particulate material from a composition comprising a gas foamed polymeric material, at least a first nucleic acid segment and a leachable particulate material.
Such methods comprise the steps of:
(a) preparing an admixture comprising particles capable of forming a polymeric material, at least a first nucleic acid segment and a leachable particulate material;
(b) subjecting the admixture to a gas foaming process to create a porous polymeric material that comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment and the leachable particulate material; and
(c) subjecting the porous polymeric material to a leaching process that removes the leachable particulate material from the porous polymeric material, thereby producing a polymeric material of additional porosity that comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment. The preferred DNA-matrix preparation methods, or "GF/PL processes", of the invention result in a suφrisingly effective combination of gas foamed and particulate leached porosity, with the particulate leached pores also being termed "macropores".
The combined use of gas-foaming and particulate leaching, as disclosed herein, provides a controlled range of DNA-containing matrices with interconnected and open pore structures, the particular composition of which is dictated by the processing conditions and materials employed.
Interconnected and open pore structures are preferably prepared by using a mixture of polymer and leachable particulate wherein the amount of leachable particulate is at least about 50% by volume. A higher amount of leachable particulate can be used to obtain a fully interconnected structure, up to about 99%.
Overall, the process of the invention can provide materials with a total porosity of, for example, from above 0 to 97% or even higher. In certain embodiments, it will be preferable to use matrices with a total porosity of about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96% or about 97% or so.
The DNA-containing materials of the invention also generally exhibit much higher strength properties, e.g., tensile strength, as compared to previous materials. For example, preferred materials according to the invention have a tensile modulus in the range of about 850 kPa, and more preferably, up to and including about 1100 kPa, or even higher. The preferred materials also exhibit improved compression resistance. For instance, preferred materials have a compression modulus of, for example, about 250 kPa, and more preferably, up to and including about 289 kPa, or even higher. Typical prior art materials exhibit a tensile modulus of only about 334 + 52 kPa and a compression modulus of only about 159 ± 130 kPa. Polysaccharides, such as alginates, modified to bind biological agents may also be used in the invention. Alginates modified so that they have controllable physical properties, such as sol-gel properties, and the like, are contemplated.
Alginates comprising at least one alginate chain section bonded to at least one molecule useful for cellular interaction (cell adhesion molecules, cell attachment peptides, proteoglycan attachment peptide sequences, proteoglycans, and polysaccharides exhibiting cell adhesion) are also envisioned. Particular examples are RGD peptides, fibronectin, vitronectin, Laminin A, Laminin BI, Laminin B2, collagen 1 or thrombospondin. Various polypeptide or peptide growth factors or enzymes may also be used as the cellular interacting molecules.
The preparation and use of porous hydrogel materials formed by first creating gas pockets in the gel and then removing the gas to create a material with an open, interconnected pore structure is also included. Such matrices maintained their pore structure over extended time periods and have high mechanical integrity. U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/128,681, filed April 09, 1999, is specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the purposes of describing the preparation and use of such unique polymeric materials and matrices thereof.
Irrespective ofthe form of matrix, the nucleic acid segment may be a DNA or RNA molecule, an antisense nucleic acid molecule, a nucleic acid segment comprised within a plasmid or recombinant expression vector, such as a recombinant viral expression vector, e.g., a nucleic acid segment that is operatively positioned downstream from a promoter within a recombinant adenovirus, a recombinant adeno- associated virus (AAV) or a recombinant retrovirus.
The nucleic acid segments may encode a non-translated therapeutic product, such as an antisense a ribozyme, or a selected protein or polypeptide. Marker proteins are included, as are therapeutic proteins and polypeptides, particularly human proteins and polypeptides. Exemplary nucleic acid segments encode proteins or polypeptides that stimulate growth or proliferation of cells, such as bone progenitor cells when expressed in such cells; that stimulate wound healing fibroblasts or repair cells when expressed in such cells; that stimulate an antigenic or immunogenic response when expressed by cells of the immune system, such as antigen presenting cells; and cytotoxic or apoptosis-inducing proteins or polypeptides that induce cell death upon expression in a target cell.
Particular examples include nucleic acid segments that encode a transcription or elongation factor, cell cycle control protein, kinase, phosphatase, DNA repair protein, oncogene, tumor suppressor, angiogenic protein, anti-angiogenic protein, immune response stimulating protein, cell surface receptor, accessory signaling molecule, transport protein, enzyme, anti-bacterial or anti-viral protein or polypeptide.
Further examples include nucleic acid segments that encode a hormone, neurotransmitter, growth factor, growth factor receptor, interferon, interleukin, chemokine, cytokine, colony stimulating factor or chemotactic factor protein or polypeptide.
Particular examples are growth hormone (GH) proteins and polypeptides; parathyroid hormone (PTH) proteins and polypeptides, such as PTHl-34 polypeptides; bone moφhogenetic protein (BMP) proteins and polypeptides, such as BMP-2A, BMP-2B, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7 and BMP-8; TGF-α, TGF-βl, TGF-β2 and latent TGFβ binding protein (LTBP) proteins and polypeptides; activin/inhibin proteins and polypeptides; fibroblast growth factor (FGF); granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor (GMCSF); epidermal growth factor (EGF); platelet derived growth factor (PDGF); insulin-like growth factor (IGF) and leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF).
Compositions comprising at least a first and second and/or third nucleic acid segment are provided, as are those comprising a plurality of nucleic acid segments. The compositions also comprise populations of cells, both in vitro and in vivo.
Portions of the nucleic acid segments may be taken up by the cells comprised within such compositions either before or after transplantation to an animal or human, or during both stages.
The present invention also provides gene transfer kits that comprise any gene- matrix composition in accordance herewith in at least a first suitable container. Implantable medical devices comprising gene-matrix compositions in accordance herewith are also provided in bioimplantable forms.
The compositions, kits and devices ofthe invention have various uses, such as in the controlled release of nucleic acids; in expressing nucleic acid segments in cells; in culturing recombinant cells that express nucleic acid segments; in gene transfer to cells within tissue sites of animals and humans.
Uses of the compositions, kits and devices thus extend to the manufacture of medicaments for all aspects of gene therapy, such as stimulating bone tissue growth; promoting wound healing, tissue regeneration and organ regeneration; generating immune responses; killing aberrant, malignant and virally-infected cells; and in cell transplantation, tissue engineering and guided tissue regeneration.
The methods of the invention include the controlled release of nucleic acids, allowing the release of at least a first nucleic acid segment from a nucleic acid- structural matrix composition that comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion fabricated from a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
The release of the nucleic acids from the nucleic acid-structural matrix in all embodiments may be controlled by controlling the rate of degradation or dissolution the structural matrix, by controlling diffusion through the pores in the structural matrix or by desoφtion from said structural matrix.
Methods for providing at least a first nucleic acid segment to a cell are provided, comprising contacting a cell with a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to release at least a first nucleic acid segment from the nucleic acid-structural matrix composition.
Further provided are methods for expressing at least a first nucleic acid segment in a cell, comprising contacting a cell with a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first nucleic acid segment in the cell. The cell may be located in a tissue site of an animal or human, wherein the nucleic acid-structural matrix composition is provided thereto.
In vitro culture methods are also provided, which comprise growing cells in contact with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention. The cells may be separated from the therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition and used in vitro and/or provided to an animal. The cells may also be maintained in contact with the therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition, which may be provided to an animal or patient.
Expression methods are provides comprising contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first nucleic acid segment in cells within the tissue site. Transcriptional and translated protein and polypeptide products are thus expressed, including therapeutic proteins and polypeptides.
Target cells include bone progenitor cells (e.g., stem cells, macrophages, granulation tissue fibroblasts, vascular cells, osteoblasts, chondroblasts and osteoclasts) located within bone progenitor tissue sites or bone fracture sites; repair cells or fibroblasts located within wound tissue sites, such as sites of connective tissue injury or organ damage; immune and antigen presenting cells; and aberrant, malignant and infected cells.
Methods for stimulating bone progenitor cells located within a bone progenitor tissue site of an animal or human comprise contacting the tissue site with an osteotropic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first osteotropic gene in the cells.
Fibroblast stimulation methods comprise contacting a wound tissue site of an animal or human with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first therapeutic gene in the fibroblast cells.
Methods for promoting wound healing comprise applying a biocompatible structural matrix containing a therapeutic gene expression construct to a wound site in an animal or human so that repair cells that migrate to the wound site infiltrate the matrix, acquire a therapeutic gene expression construct, and express the encoded gene product encoded in vivo, thereby promoting wound healing.
Immunization methods comprise contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with an immunogenic gene-structural matrix composition ofthe invention in a manner effective to express at least a first immunogenic gene in immune or antigen presenting cells that migrate into the tissue site, thereby causing the immune or antigen presenting cells to stimulate an antigenic or immunogenic response in the animal or human. The immunogenic gene-structural matrix composition may comprise a plurality of immunogenic genes obtained from one or more pathogenic organisms.
Cytotoxic methods for treating diseased cells in an animal or human comprise contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with a cytotoxic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to express at least a first cytotoxic gene in diseased cells within the tissue site. Cancer cells and virally-infected cells are treated thereby, including where the cytotoxic genes have direct cytotoxic effects, induce apoptosis and/or inhibit proliferation ofthe diseased cells.
Methods for transplanting cells into an animal or human comprise applying to a tissue site of an animal or human a cell-therapeutic gene-structural matrix combination ofthe invention. The cells ofthe cell-therapeutic gene-structural matrix combination may be recombinant cells that comprise the therapeutic gene(s) applied to the matrix.
Tissue engineering methods for animals and humans comprise contacting a tissue site of an animal or human with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to both express at least a first therapeutic gene in cells within the tissue site and to provide a matrix for tissue growth. Guided tissue regeneration comprises contacting a regenerating tissue site of an animal or human with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition of the invention in a manner effective to both express at least a first therapeutic gene in cells within the regenerating tissue site and to provide a matrix for tissue regeneration.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The following drawings form part ofthe present specification and are included to further demonstrate certain aspects ofthe present invention. The invention may be better understood by reference to one or more of these drawings in combination with the detailed description of illustrative embodiments and the detailed examples presented herein.
FIG. 1. Cumulative release of plasmid DNA from PLGA polymer sponges fabricated by the gas foaming procedure. The figures shows release from sponges of proportions 75:25 (i.v. = 0.2) (•; closed circle), 85:15 (i.v. = 0.7) (D; open square) and 75:25 (i.v. = 0.7) (■; closed square). Note, i.v. means intrinsic viscosity, a frequently used measure of molecular weight. FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B. In vitro transfection by plasmid DNA released at different times from PLGA polymer sponges (75:25 (i.v. = 0.2)) fabricated by the gas foaming procedure. Values represent mean and standard deviations. Percentage of cells transfected (FIG. 2A). The percentage of cells transfected was calculated by calcium precipitating unincoφorated plasmid DNA (+control) and plasmid DNA collected at different times of release. Quantification of enzymatic activity (FIG. 2B). The quantification of enzymatic activity ofthe produced protein was determined by a mock transfection (-control), transfection using unincoφorated plasmid DNA (+ control) and plasmid DNA collected at different times of release. The relative light units (RLU) was recorded from a luminometer and normalized per milligram of total protein. Values represent mean and standard deviation.
FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B. DNA encoding platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) released from a controlled pore PLGA polymer matrix stimulates blood vessel growth in vivo. PLGA polymer matrices (75:25 (i.v. = 0.2)) containing plasmid DNA encoding PDGF or a control (nuclear targeted β-galactosidase) were implanted subcutaneously into rats; samples were retrieved at 2 and 4 weeks and analyzed for the number of blood vessels (FIG. 3A) and the blood vessel area (FIG. 3B). Values represent mean and standard deviations. FIG. 3A shows the statistically significant increase in vessel number stimulated by released PDGF relative to the control β-galactosidase at both 2 weeks (p< 0.05) and 4 weeks (p< 0.01). FIG. 3B shows the statistically significant increase in vessel area stimulated by released PDGF relative to the control β-galactosidase at both 2 weeks (p< 0.05) and 4 weeks (p< 0.01). Statistical analysis was performed using the software program Instat.
FIG. 4. DNA encoding PDGF released from a controlled pore PLGA polymer matrix stimulates granulation tissue growth in vivo. PLGA polymer matrices (75:25
(i.v. = 0.2)) containing plasmid DNA encoding PDGF or a control (nuclear targeted β-galactosidase) were implanted subcutaneously into rats; samples were retrieved at 2 and 4 weeks and analyzed for granulation layer thickness. Granulation tissue thickness was normalized by the mean thickness obtained for delivery of the control plasmid
(β-galactosidase) by the same delivery method. Values represent mean and standard deviations. Statistically significant increases are observed in the area of granulation layer stimulated by released PDGF relative to the β-galactosidase control at both 2 weeks (p< 0.05) and 4 weeks. Statistical analysis was performed using the software program Instat.
FIG. 5 A and FIG. 5B. Injection of DNA encoding PDGF is unable to stimulate granulation tissue or blood vessel growth in vivo. Plasmid DNA encoding PDGF or a control (nuclear targeted β-galactosidase) was directly injected into rats; samples were retrieved at 2 and 4 weeks and analyzed for granulation layer thickness (FIG. 5A) and the number of blood vessels (FIG. 5B). Values represent mean and standard deviations. FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B show that the direct injection of PDGF plasmid DNA is unable to increase the granulation layer thickness or vessel number relative to control β-galactosidase at either 2 weeks or 4 weeks.
FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B. Release kinetics of DNA from discs of alginate hydrogels. Data are plotted as mass of DNA released (μg) versus time (days). FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B demonstrate continuous and sustained release of plasmid DNA up to 30 days and >160 days, respectively.
DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS
One approach to tissue engineering involves transplanting cells on biodegradable polymer matrices. Matrices serve to deliver cells to a specific anatomical site, create and maintain a space for tissue development, and guide tissue formation before degrading (Kim and Mooney, 1998). Limitations of this approach include the need to isolate and expand cells in vitro, and poor survival of many cell types following transplantation (Mooney et al, 1997).
An alternative approach under investigation is the delivery of tissue-inductive proteins (e.g., BMPs, PDGF) (Deuel, 1997). However, such methods have a number of complications when applied to tissue engineering, including decreased protein stability in the delivery system (Langer, 1992).
Recently, delivery of plasmid DNA encoding for inductive factors has been proposed as a replacement to direct delivery of the protein (Jong et al, 1997;
Labhasetwar et al, 1998). However, the delivery of plasmid DNA in vivo is typically associated with low levels of gene transfer and cellular expression, perhaps due to a limited exposure of cells to the plasmid (Ledley, 1996).
Indeed, in vivo gene therapy, particularly that utilizing the delivery of naked
DNA, is generally limited by a number of factors, including delivery of DNA to the appropriate site at a desired concentration, poor transfection efficiency ofthe plasmid, expression of the transgene for short times, and exposure of the plasmid to the appropriate cell types.
In response to a variety of problems in the art, the present invention provides a series of pre-designed structural matrices that allow the exposure of cells to genetic material, such as plasmid DNA, for extended periods of time. Importantly, these matrices control the numbers and populations of cells that are exposed to the genes or DNA contained therein, and thus control the cells that can express the desired gene.
The entire specification, claims, figures and sequence listings of the following patent applications are specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer: provisional application Serial No. 60/085,305, filed May 13, 1998; provisional application Serial No. 60/109,054, filed November 19, 1998;
U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, now U.S. Patent No.
5,763,416; U.S. Application Serial No. 08/316,650, filed September 30, 1994; U.S.
Application Serial No. 08/479,722, filed June 07, 1995; U.S. Application Serial No.
08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996; PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997; U.S. Application Serial No. 08/662,341, filed June 12, 1996; PCT
Application Serial No. PCT/US97/ 10079, filed June 11, 1997; U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919, filed November 20, 1996; PCT Application Serial No.
PCT/US97/20882, filed November 20, 1997; PCT Application Serial No.
PCT/US98/06188, filed March 31, 1998, which designates the United States; U.S.
Provisional Application Serial No. 60/042,198, filed March 31, 1997; U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/026,362, filed September 19, 1996; U.S. Provisional
Application Serial No. 60/026,467, filed September 19, 1996; U.S. Provisional
Application Serial No. 60/041,565, filed March 21, 1997; PCT Application Serial
PCT/US97/16890, filed September 19, 1997; U.S. Provisional Application Serial No.
60/066,926, filed November 17, 1997; and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/128,681, filed April 09, 1999.
The inventors' novel approach involves incoφorating plasmid DNA into 3-dimensional structural matrices that have a pre-defined structure and are fabricated from polymers with controlled physical and chemical properties. The resultant structural matrix-DNA composition creates and maintains a space for cellular transfection to occur, and the matrix design controls the numbers and populations of cells exposed to the plasmid DNA. The cellular invasion rate is particularly controlled by the pore size ofthe matrix.
Such controlled, structural matrices that incoφorate DNA are ideal for use in tissue engineering as they provide for the sustained release of genetic material and the transfection of large numbers of cells in vivo. They also have the advantage that the sustained delivery of DNA from the controlled polymer matrix is able to transfect large numbers of cells, including those more distant from the administration site, leading to production of therapeutic proteins (tissue-inductive proteins) that will ultimately enhance tissue development.
In certain preferred embodiments, the three-dimensional structural matrices are composed of poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) that has been fabricated in a manner effective to control the pore size and structure by the processing technique.
These structural matrices create a space and provide suitable stability to allow interacting cells to form new three dimensional tissues. The preferred fabrication process involves a gas foaming/particulate leaching (GF-PL) technique that does not use organic solvents or high temperatures.
The processing conditions for preparation of the matrix can be varied to produce matrices with either an open pore, a closed pore structure, or a combination of open and closed pores. The pore structure is a major design criteria, as it controls the ability of cells to invade the polymeric matrix following implantation (Mooney and Langer, 1995). This control over the rate of cellular invasion into the matrix is an important feature ofthe present invention.
The matrices can also be fabricated with a variety of copolymers of lactide and glycolide, allowing the polymer composition and molecular weight to control the degradation rate of the matrix. As the degradation rate of the polymer is varied, the rate of plasmid delivery will change. Hence, the delivery rate can be controlled. This, in turn, affects the time over which the incoming cells are newly exposed to released plasmid DNA. The matrices thus have "variable biodegradability", wherein a "biodegradable" matrix is generally defined as one that is capable of ultimately being resorbed into the body.
Using copolymers of lactide and glycolide allows matrices to be fabricated that permit the time period of nucleic acid release from the matrix to be varied. This depends, in part, on the molecular weight ofthe polymer and the composition ratio of lactic acid/glycolic acid. Generally, a higher ratio of lactic acid/glycolic acid, such as for example 75/25, will provide for a longer period of controlled of sustained release of the nucleic acids, whereas a lower ratio of lactic acid/glycolic acid will provide for more rapid release ofthe nucleic acids.
In terms of the molecular weight of the polymer, generally a higher molecular weight polymer will provide for a longer period of controlled or sustained release. By way of example only, as a reference, when the composition ratio of lactic acid/glycolic acid is 100/0, the preferable average molecular weight of polymer ranges from about 7,000 to 25,000; when 90/10, from about 6,000 to 30,000; and when
80/20, from about 12,000 to 30,000. The i.v. (intrinsic viscosity) terminology used in the art as a measure of molecular weight can also be applied to the polymers of the present invention. A range of polymers with different intrinsic viscosities may be employed, as exemplified by i.v. = 0.2 and, more preferably, by i.v. = 0.7 polymeric matrices.
Incoφorating DNA within a polymeric structure in particle form, e.g., as beads or microspheres, or blended with other polymers or molecules, is therefore an important aspect of the invention. The polymeric structure can be formed from a polymer or copolymer (e.g., PLGA) that degrades at a rate different to the polymer or copolymer utilized to form the bulk of the matrix. Polymers or copolymers such as PLGA may also be combined with alginates or modified alginates to achieve similar differential control.
Such systems provide an additional level of control over the DNA release kinetics from the matrices. This gives additional control over their bioactivity, as genes contained within the polymeric structure can be designed to provide a controlled release effect therefrom in addition to the release kinetics provided by the matrix. The release in this situation will likely be controlled by either disassociation of the DNA from the bead, release from the PLGA, or both. Thus, a high degree of control over release kinetics is provided over a potentially wide range.
Further, multiple genes can be included in a matrix (in multiple types of the described particles and/or in polymer comprising the bulk of matrix) that will release at varying times. This will be useful to create a cascade of different protein production, or waves of release of the same protein (e.g., for use in immunizations). Incoφoration of DNA into such particles (e.g., alginate beads) may also be more suitable for maintaining long-term bioactivity than immobilization directly in the polymer comprising the bulk of foamed matrix. Nondegradable polymers, or matrices comprised partly of nondegradable polymers, are intended for use in situations in which permanent implants, or portions thereof, are desired. Additionally, some matrix materials are not degraded, but are remodeled. For example, hydroxyapatite is not degraded, but is used by osteoblasts and used to remodel new bone. Such materials can be combined with the GF/PL matrix-DNA compositions of the present invention, or used in conjunction therewith, e.g., in various implantable devices.
The porous types of structural matrices are much preferred in the invention.
Virtually any type of porous structural matrix may be used in the broadest aspects of the invention. Matrices formed by solvent cast and particulate leaching techniques, as well as phase inversion and other porous scaffold fabrication techniques, can therefore be employed. Controlled pore matrices formed by GF/PL are particularly preferred, as described.
In certain other embodiments, the three-dimensional structural matrices for use in the invention are alginate or other hydrogel matrices. Until recently, alginate was typically used in the physical form of a hydrogel, with small pores (nm size scale) that do not allow for cell movement in or out ofthe material. Therefore, where the present invention contemplates alginate and other hydrogels, modified or porous alginates and hydrogels are particularly envisioned.
Alginates modified so that they have controllable physical properties, such as sol-gel properties, and the like, are one such form contemplated. Alginates comprising at least one alginate chain section bonded to at least one molecule useful for cellular interaction (cell adhesion molecules, cell attachment peptides, proteoglycan attachment peptide sequences, proteoglycans, and polysaccharides exhibiting cell adhesion) are thus envisioned. The modified alginates of Example XVIII are examples ofthe alginates contemplated. In preferred aspects of using alginates and hydrogels in the invention, the structural matrices are composed of alginates or hydrogels that have been fabricated in a manner effective to control the pore size and structure by the processing technique. Preferred methods of fabricating such alginate and hydrogel matrices also involve a technique that creates gas pockets in the gel and then removes the gas.
The removal of the gas creates a porous material, and the initial incoφoration of sufficient gas allows one to create a material with an open, interconnected pore structure. Advantageous features of the resulting materials, in addition to their interconnected pore structure, include that the pore structure is maintained over extended time periods and that the gels maintain a high mechanical integrity that allows biological implantation without destruction or compression ofthe material.
Irrespective of the choice of controlled, structural matrix material, the DNA- matrices of the invention can be prepared to yield different quantities of plasmid DNA, from a relatively short delivery time, i.e., a pulse, to a sustained delivery over a number of months or even years. Changing the polymer type is the preferred mechanism for changing the length of time of DNA delivery in general. The choice of polymer type can also be used to control the length of time that an impermeable layer is maintained in the body. This can therefore be used to control the rate of DNA release from certain portions of the matrices or devices, in order to give a "spatially controlled release", as may be used, e.g., to preferentially release the genetic material in the vicinity of a certain target cell population.
The inventors have already demonstrated a sustained, continuous release of plasmid DNA from structurally controlled matrices (Example XIV and Example XIX), and have further shown that the released plasmid DNA is intact and capable of transfecting cells in vitro (Example XV). Importantly, implantation of the DNA-releasing matrices leads to transfection of the cells within and surrounding the matrix in vivo (Example XVI and Example XVII). Matrix-mediated delivery of a plasmid encoding for platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), a potent factor in tissue repair, is used herein to significantly enhance granulation tissue deposition and blood vessel growth in developing tissues
(Example XVII). This result is in marked contrast to direct injection of the same PDGF plasmid, which did not stimulate tissue formation (Example XVII). Such results demonstrate that the make-up and structure of engineered tissues can be controlled in vivo using the present invention.
The foregoing results confirm that the present invention can be effectively used in multiple applications, including tissue engineering and regeneration, and other gene therapy applications, such as DNA vaccination and correction of metabolic deficiencies via gene therapy.
A. Structurally Controlled Matrices The present invention allows DNA to be utilized for tissue engineering applications as it provides techniques to deliver stable plasmids that transfect sufficient cells to produce inductive doses of desired proteins. One set of matrices preferred for use in the invention are polymers processed utilizing high pressure gas foaming. This provides a means of efficient plasmid DNA incoφoration into polymeric matrices, and a controlled and sustained delivery of plasmid DNA.
The inventive approach, in contrast to other approaches previously developed to fabricate three-dimensional matrices from biodegradable polymers (Peters and Mooney, 1998), utilizes neither organic solvents nor high temperatures in the polymer processing. Residual organic solvents in solvent-processed matrices may decrease the activity of incoφorated factors or promote inflammatory responses in vivo, and high temperatures will similarly inactivate many biologically active molecules contained within the matrix.
The preferred processes for matrix generation are thus termed "GF/PL processes" (gas foaming/particulate leaching processes), as opposed to the less adequate solvent-casting/particulate leaching (SC/PL) processes used prior to the invention. The entire text and figures of PCT Application No. PCT/US98/06188
(WO 98/44027), filed March 31, 1998, which designates the United States, and U.S.
Provisional Application Serial No. 60/042,198, filed March 31, 1997, are also each specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the puφoses of even more fully describing matrix generation using GF/PL processes.
While materials prepared by an SC/PL process can also provide some extent of an interconnected pore matrix, the inventors have discovered that the materials prepared by the inventive GF/PL process exhibit a distinct pore structure and significantly advantageous mechanical properties over SC/PL prepared materials. This advantage is in addition to the absence of organic solvents and/or high temperatures in preparation ofthe material and the absence of organic solvent residue in the prepared materials. For example, the materials of the invention exhibit much higher strength properties, e.g., tensile strength.
While not intending to be bound by this theory, it is reasonably hypothesized that the improved mechanical properties and stronger matrix of the materials prepared by the inventors' GF/PL process result, at least in part, from greater uniformity of polymer distribution in the materials and/or greater uniformity in size and distribution of porosity in the materials. SC/PL prepared polymers will not have such a uniform pore structure because the solvent evaporates from the polymer in a non-uniform manner and thus the polymer concentration changes non-uniformly in the material. For instance, SC/PL materials typically have non-uniformity because as the solvent evaporates the polymer concentration increases at the bottom of the matrix, i.e. the area where the matrix touches the glass cover slip. In contrast, the GF/PL materials exhibit a very uniform pore structure indicating that the polymer foams uniformly throughout the particulate bed during the gas-foaming step. Alternatively, it is hypothesized that in the GF/PL process the mechanical properties may be enhanced by tensile alignment of the polymer chains may be occurring during the elongation that occurs during foaming (Mooney et al, 1997).
In any event, it is of great advantage in tissue engineering, biodelivery and other applications that the materials of the invention have maximized tensile strength and compression resistance. This allows the materials to be handled and manipulated without mechanical breakdown and provides for better survival during use, particularly in the in vivo environment.
The following embodiment is provided as a representative, non-limiting, example of the matrix preparation aspects of the invention. Discs comprised of polymer (e.g., poly[D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid]) and NaCl particles were compression molded at room temperature, and subsequently allowed to equilibrate with high pressure CO2 gas (800 psi). Creation of a thermodynamic instability led to the nucleation and growth of gas pores in the polymer particles, and the formation of a continuous polymer matrix. The NaCl particles were subsequently leached to yield macropores, and a macropore structure. The overall porosity and level of pore connectivity was regulated by the ratio of polymer: salt particles.
Both the compressive modulus (159 ± 130 kPa for SC/PL vs. 289 ± 25 kPa for GF/PL) and tensile modulus (334 ± 52 kPa for SC/PL vs. 1100 ± 236 kPa for GF/PL) of matrices formed with this approach were significantly greater than those formed with a standard solvent casting/particulate leaching process. The potential of these matrices for engineering new tissue was demonstrated by finding that smooth muscle cells readily adhered and proliferated on these matrices, forming new, high density
7 tissues (3x10 cells/ml) in culture.
The overall novel process, a combination of high pressure gas foaming and particulate leaching techniques, allows one to fabricate matrices from biodegradable polymers with a well controlled porosity and pore structure. The materials prepared by the process ofthe invention exhibit a wide range of utilities, and may be applied to any use that requires a porous polymeric material, particularly with an open pore structure.
The term "biocompatible matrix", as used herein, means that the matrix has all the features commonly associated with being "biocompatible", in that it is in a form that does not produce a significant adverse, allergic or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal. The materials of the present invention have improved biocompatibility in that organic solvents are not required for their manufacture. This is important as the present materials are intended for bioapplications wherein organic solvent residue is not tolerable.
For example, the materials are useful as matrices for in vitro cell culture in which cells are compatible and grow to achieve their intended function, such as in tissue replacement, eventually replacing the matrix depending on its biodegradability. The stable structures of the materials of the invention thus provide ideal cell culture conditions. Furthermore, the materials can be used to provide matrices already bound to cells, which may then be surgically implanted into a body.
The materials of the invention prepared by the GF/PL process generally further have applications similar to those of materials prepared by the SC/PL and phase separation techniques, for example, in a variety of cell transplantation applications, including for hepatocytes (Mooney et al, 1994; Mooney et al, 1995; incoφorated herein by reference) chondrocytes and osteoblasts (Ishaug, et al, 1994; incoφorated herein by reference). However, the materials ofthe invention have better mechanical properties and avoid the problem of organic solvent residue that may damage transplanted or migrating cells and nearby tissue and/or inactivate biologically active factors.
Smooth muscle cells readily adhere to the matrix material of the invention and create three-dimensional tissues within these porous structures; thus, they provide a suitable environment for cell proliferation. In vitro studies have already indicated concentrated cell growth around the periphery of a sponge matrix, with the peripheral concentration likely being due to less O2 diffusion to cells at the center of the matrix in view ofthe thickness (3.4 mm) ofthe sponge used.
This invention also allows the preparation of polymers, such as polymeric sponges, that have an impermeable layer on one side, thus providing a selective permeability feature. The impermeable layer is composed of the same polymers but without the extent of porosity, and a variety of methods can be used to couple the impermeable layer to, e.g. , a polymeric sponge.
In a particular embodiment that is representative of this utility, the polymeric sponge is created by grinding PLGA followed by sieving to obtain particles with a diameter between about 108 and about 250 microns. These polymeric particles are mixed with sodium chloride and pressed into shape with a die at a pressure of approximately 1500 psi. The polymer/salt solid is then foamed by placing the solid in a pressure bomb and exposing it to CO2 at a pressure of about 800 psi for about 48 h followed by a relatively rapid reduction in pressure. This reduction in pressure produces thermodynamic instabilities in distribution of CO2 causing pore formation. The polymer/salt solid is then placed in water for 24 h to leach out the salt. Note that the water is changed during the leaching process. This process produces a polymer sponge that is greater than 95% porous. The degradation rate of the sponge can be modified by varying the composition of lactic and glycolic acid.
An impermeable layer can be created on one side of the sponge by one of the following techniques, preferably performed before gas foaming of the material. The sponge can be pressed into shape on a layer of PGA at a temperature greater than the melting temperature for PGA. The melted PGA will be able to adhere to the sponge thus forming a thin layer. This layer is impermeable because the foaming process and the leaching process have a negligible effect on pure PGA. An impermeable layer of PLGA can also be created on the sponge by pressing the sponge onto a layer of PLGA. Spraying a solution of PLA in chloroform onto one side of the sponge can also create an impermeable layer.
Furthermore, it is possible to use the same polymer material and alter the amount of leachable particulate in each section so that one section forms an open pore structure and one does not. Also, by using different polymers, materials wherein one section foams, and the impermeable layer section does not, can be provided. Although PLGA does foam following release of pressure from the bomb, an impermeable skin forms on the thin layer of PLGA that remains intact during the leaching process. Alternatively, following the foaming and leaching process, the polymeric sponge can be dipped in either melted PGA or in a solution of PLGA in chloroform. These procedures can be used to create a sponge that has a porosity of greater than 95% with an impermeable side.
Another useful application for the polymer matrices of the invention is for guided tissue regeneration (GTR). This application is based on inducing the progenitor cells that reside in the underlying healthy tissue, and that are responsible for tissue regeneration, to migrate into a defect and regenerate the lost tissue. An important feature of matrices for GTR is the transport of cells into the matrix, a property that is dictated by the pore size distribution and pore continuity, i.e. interconnectivity. The chosen matrix will therefore allow the desired cells to invade the matrix, while preferably preventing access to other cell types.
Another potential application of the matrix and sponge materials for GTR is for the treatment of periodontal disease. Periodontal disease is characterized by the loss of attachment of the periodontal ligament to the alveolar bone. The epithelial cells of the gingiva begin to grow into the site where the periodontal ligament was attached. A sponge of the matrix material according to the invention with an impermeable side may be used to prevent the downgrowth of epithelial cells while allowing the appropriate cells to occupy the porous sponge, thereby regenerating the periodontal ligament (Shea et al, 1977). In light of the absence of organic solvents from the foregoing matrices, the residue of which would remain in the polymers and would damage nearby cells and tissues, the inventors decided to explore the potential for incoφorating biologically active factors into the matrices. In addition to their use in drug and growth factor delivery, the inventors contemplated that the unique matrix materials could prove useful in the delivery of genetic material. However, the ability of such matrices to provide sustained release of DNA that maintained its structural and functional integrity, and particularly their ability to mediate gene transfer and functional expression, suφassed reasonable expectations. The ability to control the rate of plasmid release over a wide range of times, by mechanisms other than desoφtion from the matrix, and yet to achieve sufficient release for gene transfer and expression, is a particular benefit ofthe invention.
In certain other preferred embodiments, the three-dimensional structural matrices for use in the invention are composed of alginates or hydrogels that have pore sizes and structures controlled by the processing technique. These structural matrices also create a space and provide suitable stability to allow interacting cells to form new three dimensional tissues. U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/128,681, filed April 09, 1999, is specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the puφoses of further describing the preparation and use of such unique polymeric materials and matrices thereof.
B. Genes and DNA Segments As used herein, the terms "nucleic acid" and "DNA segment" are generally used to refer to nucleic acids and DNA molecules that have been isolated free from total cell components, and often, free from total genomic DNA of a particular species. However, total genomic DNA or cellular nucleic acids are suφrisingly useful in the present invention, particularly in transfer to antigen presenting cells, in DNA vaccination embodiments. The nucleic acids to be combined with matrices, for use in the present invention, extend to the full variety of nucleic acid molecules. The nucleic acids thus include genomic DNA, cDNAs, single stranded DNA, double stranded DNA, triple stranded DNA, oligonucleotides, Z-DNA, mRNA, tRNA and other RNAs. DNA molecules are generally preferred, even where the DNA is used to express a therapeutic RNA, such as a ribozyme or antisense RNA.
A "gene" or DNA segment encoding a selected protein or RNA, generally refers to a DNA segment that contains sequences encoding the selected protein or RNA, but is isolated away from, or purified free from, total genomic DNA of the species from which the DNA is obtained. Included within the terms "gene" and "DNA segment", are DNA segments and smaller fragments of such segments, and also recombinant vectors, including, for example, plasmids, cosmids, phage, retroviruses, adenoviruses, and the like.
The term "gene" is used for simplicity to refer to a functional protein or peptide encoding unit. As will be understood by those in the art, this functional term includes both genomic sequences and cDNA sequences. "Isolated substantially away from other coding sequences" means that the gene of interest forms the significant part of the coding region of the DNA segment, and that the DNA segment does not contain large portions of naturally-occurring coding DNA, such as large chromosomal fragments or other functional genes or cDNA coding regions. Of course, this refers to the DNA segment as originally isolated, and does not exclude genes or coding regions, such as sequences encoding leader peptides or targeting sequences, later added to the segment by the hand of man.
This invention provides novel ways in which to utilize various known DNA segments and recombinant vectors. However, there is no requirement that highly purified DNA or vectors be used, so long as any coding segment employed encodes a selected protein or RNA and does not include any coding or regulatory sequences that would have a significant adverse effect on the target cells. Therefore, it will also be understood that useful nucleic acid sequences may include additional residues, such as additional non-coding sequences flanking either of the 5' or 3' portions of the coding region or may include various internal sequences, i.e., introns, which are known to occur within genes.
Many suitable DNA segments may be obtained from existing, including commercial sources. One may also obtain a new DNA segment encoding a protein of interest using any one or more of a variety of molecular biological techniques generally known to those skilled in the art. For example, cDNA or genomic libraries may be screened using primers or probes with designed sequences. Polymerase chain reaction (PCR™) may also be used to generate a DNA fragment encoding a protein of interest.
After identifying an appropriate selected gene or DNA molecule, it may be inserted into any one of the many vectors currently known in the art, so that it will direct the expression and production of the selected protein when incoφorated into a target cell. In a recombinant expression vector, the coding portion of the DNA segment is positioned under the control of a promoter/enhancer element. The promoter may be in the form of the promoter that is naturally associated with a selected gene, as may be obtained by isolating the 5' non-coding sequences located upstream of the coding segment or exon, for example, using recombinant cloning and/or PCR technology.
In other embodiments, it is contemplated that certain advantages will be gained by positioning the coding DNA segment under the control of a recombinant, or heterologous, promoter. As used herein, a recombinant or heterologous promoter is intended to refer to a promoter that is not normally associated with a selected gene in its natural environment. Such promoters may include those normally associated with other selected genes, and/or promoters isolated from any other bacterial, viral, eukaryotic, or mammalian cell. Naturally, it will be important to employ a promoter that effectively directs the expression ofthe DNA segment in the chosen target cells. The use of recombinant promoters to achieve protein expression is generally known to those of skill in the art of molecular biology, for example, see Sambrook et al. (1989; incoφorated herein by reference). The promoters employed may be constitutive, or inducible, and can be used under the appropriate conditions to direct high level or regulated expression of the introduced DNA segment. Expression of genes under the control of constitutive promoters does not require the presence of a specific substrate to induce gene expression and will occur under all conditions of cell growth. In contrast, expression of genes controlled by inducible promoters is responsive to the presence or absence of an inducing agent.
Promoters isolated from the genome of viruses that grow in mammalian cells, e.g., RSV, vaccinia virus 7.5K, SV40, HSV, adenoviruses MLP, MMTV LTR and CMV promoters, may be used herewith, as well as promoters produced by recombinant DNA or synthetic techniques. Currently preferred promoters are those such as CMV, RSV LTR, the SV40 promoter alone, and the SV40 promoter in combination with the SV40 enhancer.
Exemplary tissue specific promoter/enhancer elements and transcriptional control regions that exhibit tissue specificity include, but are not limited to: the elastase I gene control region that is active in pancreatic acinar cells; the insulin gene control region that is active in pancreatic β cells; the immunoglobulin gene control region that is active in lymphoid cells; the albumin, l-antitrypsin and α-fetoprotein gene control regions that are active in liver; the β-globin gene control region that is active in myeloid cells; the myelin basic protein gene control region that is active in oligodendrocyte cells in the brain; the myosin light chain-2 gene control region that is active in skeletal muscle; and the gonadotropic releasing hormone gene control region that is active in the hypothalamus. U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April
12, 1996 and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997, are both incoφorated herein by reference for the puφoses of incoφorating references even further describing the foregoing elements. Specific initiation signals may also be required for sufficient translation of inserted protein coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where the entire coding sequence, including the initiation codon and adjacent sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vectors, no additional translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only a portion of the coding sequence is inserted, exogenous translational control signals, including the ATG initiation codon should be provided. The initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the protein coding sequences to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency and control of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of transcription attenuation sequences, enhancer elements, etc.
A variety of vectors may be used including, but not limited to, those derived from recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA. For example, plasmid vectors such as pBR322, pUC 19/18, pUC 118, 119 and the Ml 3 mp series of vectors may be used. Bacteriophage vectors may include λgtlO, λgtl l, λgtl8-23, λZAP/R and the EMBL series of bacteriophage vectors. Cosmid vectors that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, pJB8, pCV 103, pCV 107, pCV 108, pTM, pMCS, pNNL, pHSG274, COS202, COS203, pWE15, pWE16 and the charomid 9 series of vectors. Vectors that allow for the in vitro transcription of RNA, such as SP6 vectors, may also be used to produce large quantities of RNA that may be incoφorated into matrices.
The selected genes and DNA segments may also be in the form of a DNA insert located within the genome of a recombinant virus, such as, for example a recombinant heφes virus, retroviruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, adeno- associated viruses or bovine papilloma virus. While integrating vectors may be used, non-integrating systems, which do not transmit the gene product to daughter cells for many generations will often be preferred. In this way, the gene product is expressed during a defined biological process, e.g., a wound healing process, and as the gene is diluted out in progeny generations, the amount of expressed gene product is diminished.
In such embodiments, to place the gene in contact with a target cell, one would prepare the recombinant viral particles, the genome of which includes the gene insert, and simply contact the target cells or tissues with a matrix containing the virus, whereby the virus infects the cells and transfers the genetic material. The following U.S. patents are each incoφorated herein by reference for even further exemplification of viral gene therapy: U.S. Patent No. 5,747,469, concerning adenovirus, retrovirus, adeno-associated virus, heφes virus and cytomegalovirus gene therapy; U.S. Patent No. 5,631,236, concerning adenovirus gene therapy; and U.S. Patent No. 5,672,344, concerning heφesvirus gene therapy.
Adenoviral vectors are particularly contemplated for use with the present gene-matrix invention. The technical side ofthe generation of adenoviral constructs is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, as exemplified by the techniques described by Ghosh-Choudhury & Graham (1987); McGrory et. al. (1988); Gluzman et. al. (982); Rosenfeld et. al. (1991; 1992); and Stratford-Perricaudet et. al. (1990; 1992) ; each incoφorated herein by reference.
Adenoviral vectors for use in connection with the invention will preferably be replication defective vectors. For example, as achieved through the deletion ofthe viral early region 1 (El A) region such that the virus is competent to replicate only in cells, such as human 293 cells, which express adenovirus early region 1 genes from their cellular genome. This is important because the virus will therefore not kill normal cells that do not express early gene products.
Using vectors that do not have an adenovirus El region, it will be most convenient to introduce a new coding region at the position from which the El coding sequences have been removed. However, the position of insertion of a gene within the adenovirus sequences is not critical to the present invention. Transcription units may also be inserted in lieu ofthe deleted E3 region in E3 replacement vectors, as previously by Kailsson et. al (1986).
Other than the requirement that the adenovirus vector be replication defective, the nature ofthe adenovirus vector is not believed to be crucial to the successful practice ofthe invention. The adenovirus may be of any of the 42 different known serotypes or subgroups A-F. Adenovirus type 5 of subgroup C may be preferred for use with the present invention. This is because Adenovirus type 5 is a human adenovirus about which a great deal of biochemical and genetic information is known, and it has historically been used for most constructions employing adenovirus as a vector.
As with all expression constructs for use with the invention, the promoter used in connection with adenoviral expression is not critical. The human cytomegalovirus (CMV) immediate early gene promoter may be used (Thomsen et. al, 1984), which results in the constitutive, high-level expression of foreign genes. However, other viral and mammalian cellular promoters are also suitable, provided that the levels of expression are sufficient to achieve a physiologic effect, where desired. Selection of a promoter specifically active in a given tissue is naturally an option. Choice of a promoter that is regulated in response to specific physiological signals also permits inducible expression ofthe gene in response to certain stimuli.
Genes with sequences that vary from those described in the literature are also contemplated for use in the invention, so long as the altered or modified gene still encodes a protein that functions to effect the target cells in the desired (direct or indirect) manner. These sequences include those caused by point mutations, those due to the degeneracies of the genetic code or naturally occurring allelic variants, and further modifications that have been introduced by genetic engineering, i.e., by the hand of man. Techniques for introducing changes in nucleotide sequences that are designed to alter the functional properties of the encoded proteins or polypeptides are well known in the art, e.g., U.S. Patent 4,518,584, incoφorated herein by reference, which techniques are also described in further detail herein. Such modifications include the deletion, insertion or substitution of bases, and thus, changes in the amino acid sequence. Changes may be made to increase the activity of a protein, to increase its biological stability or half-life, to change its glycosylation pattern, confer temperature sensitivity or to alter the expression pattern of the protein, and the like. All such modifications to the nucleotide sequences are encompassed by this invention.
It is an advantage of the present invention that one or more than one selected gene may be used in the gene transfer methods and compositions. The nucleic acid delivery methods may thus entail the administration of one, two, three, or more, selected genes. The maximum number of genes that may be applied is limited only by practical considerations, such as the effort involved in simultaneously preparing a large number of gene constructs or even the possibility of eliciting an adverse cytotoxic effect. The particular combination of genes may be chosen to alter the same, or different, biochemical pathways. For example, a growth factor gene may be combined with a hormone gene; or a first hormone and/or growth factor gene may be combined with a gene encoding a cell surface receptor capable of interacting with the polypeptide product ofthe first gene.
In using multiple genes, they may be combined on a single genetic construct under control of one or more promoters, or they may be prepared as separate constructs of the same of different types. Thus, an almost endless combination of different genes and genetic constructs may be employed. Certain gene combinations may be designed to, or their use may otherwise result in, achieving synergistic effects on cell stimulation and tissue growth, any and all such combinations are intended to fall within the scope of the present invention. Indeed, many synergistic effects have been described in the scientific literature, so that one of ordinary skill in the art would readily be able to identify likely synergistic gene combinations, or even gene-protein combinations.
It will also be understood that, if desired, the nucleic segment or gene could be administered in combination with further agents, such as, e.g. proteins or polypeptides or various pharmaceutically active agents. So long as genetic material forms part of the composition, there is virtually no limit to other components which may also be included, given that the additional agents do not cause a significant adverse effect upon contact with the target cells or tissues. The nucleic acids may thus be delivered along with various other agents, for example, in certain embodiments one may wish to administer an angiogenic factor, and/or an inhibitor of bone resoφtion, as disclosed in U.S. Patents 5,270,300 and 5,118,667, respectively, each incoφorated herein by reference.
As the chemical nature of genes, i.e., as a string of nucleotides, is essentially invariant, and as the process of gene transfer and expression are fundamentally the same, it will be understood that the type of genes transferred by the controlled pore matrices of the present invention is virtually limitless. This extends from the transfer of a mixture of genetic material expressing antigenic or immunogenic fragments for use in DNA vaccination; to the stimulation of cell function, as in wound-healing; to aspects of cell killing, such as in transferring tumor suppressor genes, antisense oncogenes or apoptosis-inducing genes to cancer cells.
Various, entirely non-limiting aspects of the invention are exemplified by the wound-healing and bone stimulation embodiments described below.
1. Wound-Healing Genes
U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994; U.S.
Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996; and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997; each incoφorated herein by reference, describe applications of the invention to in vivo methods for targeting and transfer of
DNA into mammalian repair cells.
These aspects of the invention are based on the discovery that mammalian repair cells proliferate and migrate into a wound site, where they actively take up and express DNA. DNA-matrix combinations may thus be provided to incoφorate a therapeutic protein of interest into a repair cell. In the practice ofthe invention, repair cells that normally originate in viable tissue surrounding the wound, proliferate and migrate into the gene activated matrix, wherein they encounter, take up and express the DNA. Transfected repair cells therefore act as in situ bioreactors (localized within the wound site) that produce agents (DNA-encoded RNAs, proteins, etc.) that heal the wound.
The nucleic acids to be used in the practice of these aspects of the invention may include any DNA encoding translational products (i.e., proteins) or transcriptional products (i.e., antisense or ribozymes) that promote tissue repair or that are capable of disrupting a disease process. For example, the DNA may comprise genes encoding therapeutically useful proteins, such as growth factors, cytokines, hormones, etc. Additionally, the DNA may encode antisense or ribozyme molecules that inhibit the translation of mRNAs encoding proteins that inhibit wound healing, or that induce excess inflammation.
The expression of antisense RNA molecules will generally act to directly block the translation of mRNA by binding to targeted mRNA and preventing protein translation. The expression of ribozymes, which are enzymatic RNA molecules capable of catalyzing the specific cleavage of RNA, may also be used to block protein translation. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by a endonucleolytic cleavage. Within the scope of the invention are engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of RNA sequences. RNA molecules may be generated by transcription of DNA sequences encoding the RNA molecule.
DNA molecules that code for factors that promote wound healing include DNAs encoding extracellular, cell surface, and intracellular RNAs and proteins. Examples of suitable extracellular proteins include growth factors, cytokines, therapeutic proteins, systemic and local hormones and active fragments of hormones, inhibitors of cytokines, peptide growth and differentiation factors, interleukins, chemokines, interferons, colony stimulating factors and angiogenic factors.
Particular examples of such proteins include, but are not limited to, the superfamily of TGF-β molecules, including the five TGF-β isoforms and bone moφhogenetic proteins (BMP), latent TGF-β binding proteins, LTBP; keratinocyte growth factor (KGF); hepatocyte growth factor (HGF); platelet derived growth factor (PDGF); insulin-like growth factor (IGF); macrophage-colony stimulating factor (M- CSF); acidic fibroblast growth factor (FGF); the basic fibroblast growth factors, FGF- 1 , FGF-2 etc. ; vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF); Factor VIII and Factor IX; erythropoietin (EPO); tissue plasminogen activator (TPA); activins and inhibins.
Hormone genes that may be used in the practice ofthe invention include those that encode growth hormone (GH) and calcium regulatory agents, such as parathyroid hormone (PTH). Examples of extracellular proteins also include the extracellular matrix proteins such as collagen, laminin, and fibronectin.
Examples of cell surface proteins include the family of cell adhesion molecules (e.g., the integrins, selectins, Ig family members such as N-CAM and LI, and cadherins); cytokine signaling receptors, such as the type I and type II TGF-β receptors and the FGF receptor; and non-signaling co-receptors such as betaglycan and syndecan. Examples of intracellular RNAs and proteins include the family of signal transducing kinases; cytoskeletal proteins, such as talin and vinculin; cytokine binding proteins, such as the family of latent TGF-β binding proteins; and nuclear trans acting proteins such as transcription factors and enhancing factors.
The wound healing DNA molecules may also code for proteins that block pathological processes, thereby allowing the natural wound healing process to occur unimpeded. Examples of blocking factors include ribozymes that destroy RNA function and DNAs that, for example, code for tissue inhibitors of enzymes that destroy tissue integrity, e.g. , inhibitors of metalloproteinases associated with arthritis.
2. Osteogenic Genes
As described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18,
1994; U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996; and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997; each incoφorated herein by reference for this puφose, the present invention may be used in conjunction with one or more osteogenic or osteotropic genes.
As used herein, the terms " osteogenic and osteotropic gene" are used to refer to a gene or DNA coding region that encodes a protein, polypeptide or peptide that is capable of promoting, or assisting in the promotion of, bone formation, or one that increases the rate of primary bone growth or healing (or even a gene that increases the rate of skeletal connective tissue growth or healing). The terms promoting, inducing and stimulating are used interchangeably throughout this text to refer to direct or indirect processes that ultimately result in the formation of new bone tissue or in an increased rate of bone repair. Thus, an osteogenic gene is a gene that, when expressed, causes the phenotype of a cell to change so that the cell either differentiates, stimulates other cells to differentiate, attracts bone-forming cells, or otherwise functions in a manner that ultimately gives rise to new bone tissue. In using the new osteotomy model of the invention, an osteogenic gene is characterized as a gene that is capable of stimulating proper bone growth in the osteotomy gap to any degree higher than that observed in control studies, e.g., parallel studies employing an irrelevant marker gene such as β-galactosidase. This stimulation of "proper bone growth" includes both the type of tissue growth and the rate of bone formation. In using the model with a 5 mm osteotomy gap, an osteogenic gene is generally characterized as a gene that is capable of promoting or inducing new bone formation, rather than abnormal bone fracture repair, i.e. fibrous non-union. In using the 2 mm osteotomy gap, one may characterize osteogenic genes as genes that increase the rate of primary bone healing as compared to controls, and more preferably, genes capable of stimulating repair of the osteotomy defect in a time period of less than nine weeks.
In general terms, an osteogenic gene may also be characterized as a gene capable of stimulating the growth or regeneration of skeletal connective tissues such as, e.g., tendon, cartilage, and ligament. Thus, in certain embodiments, the methods and compositions of the invention may be employed to stimulate the growth or repair of both bone tissue itself and also of skeletal connective tissues.
A variety of osteogenic genes are now known, all of which are suitable for use in connection with the present invention. Osteogenic genes and the proteins that they encode include, for example, systemic hormones, such as parathyroid hormone (PTH) and estrogen; many different growth factors and cytokines; chemotactic or adhesive peptides or polypeptides; molecules such as activin (U.S. Patent 5,208,219, incoφorated herein by reference); specific bone moφhogenetic proteins (BMPs); and even growth factor receptor genes.
Examples of suitable osteogenic growth factors include those of the transforming growth factor (TGF) gene family, including TGFs 1-4, and particularly TGF-βl, TGF-β2 and TGF-β2, (U.S. Patents 4,886,747 and 4,742,003, incoφorated herein by reference), with TGF-α (U.S. Patent 5,168,051, incoφorated herein by reference) also being of possible use; and also fibroblast growth factors (FGF), such as acidic FGF and bFGF; granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor
(GMCSF); epidermal growth factor (EGF); platelet derived growth factor (PDGF); insulin-like growth factors (IGF), including IGF-I and IGF-II; and leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), also known as HILDA and DIA. Any of the above or other related genes, or DNA segments encoding the active portions of such proteins, may be used in the novel methods and compositions ofthe invention.
Certain preferred osteogenic genes and DNA segments are PTH, those of the TGF superfamily, such as TGF-βl, TGF-β2, TGF-β3, and members of the BMP family of genes. TGF genes are described in U.S. Patents 5,168,051; 4,886,747 and 4,742,003, each incoφorated herein by reference. TGFα may not be as widely applicable as TGFβ, but is proposed for use particularly in applications involving skeletal soft tissues.
Several BMP genes that have already been cloned may be used in the nucleic acid transfer and delivery protocols of the invention. Suitable BMP genes are those designated BMP-2 through BMP- 15. BMP-1 is not considered to be particularly useful at this stage. The DNA sequences for several BMP (or OP) genes have been described both in scientific articles and in U.S. Patents such as 4,877,864; 4,968,590; 5,108,753; and 5,700,774; each incoφorated herein by reference.
Specifically, BMP-1 sequences are disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,108,922; BMP- 2A (also referred to as BMP-2) in U.S. Patents 5,166,058, 5,631,142, 5,618,924 and 5,013,649; BMP-2B (also referred to as BMP-4) in U.S. Patents 5,013,649, 5,618,924 and 5,399,677, the latter including mutant sequences; BMP-3 in 5,116,738; BMP-5 in 5,106,748, 5,543,394, 5,635,373 and 5,399,677, the latter including mutant sequences; BMP-6 in 5,187,076, 5,399,677 (including mutants) and 5,459,047; BMP-7 in 5,108,753, 5,366,875, 5,399,677 (including mutants) and 5,141,905; BMP-8 in 5,688,678; BMP-9 in 5,661,007; BMP-10 in 5,637,480 and 5,703,043; BMP-11 in 5,639,638 and 5,700,911; BMP-12 in 5,658,882; BMP-13 in 5,658,882; and BMP-15 in 5,635,372; each ofthe foregoing patents being incoφorated herein by reference.
OP-1 sequences are disclosed in U.S. Patents 5,011,691, 5,258,494 and 5,670,336; OP-3 in 5,652,118 and 5,652,337; COP-5 in 5,011,691, 5,182,365 and 5,258,494; and COP-7 in 5,011,691 and 5,182,365. BOP sequences are disclosed in 5,250,302. Other U.S. patents related to this include: U.S. Patents 5,266,683, 5,324,819, 5,344,654, 5,354,557, 5,656,593 and 5,674,844, each of which are incoφorated herein by reference, and are intended to be used in order to supplement the present teachings regarding the preparation of BMP and OP genes and DNA segments that express osteogenic polypeptides.
The definition of a "BMP gene", as used herein, is a gene that hybridizes, under relatively stringent hybridization conditions (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, incoφorated herein by reference), to DNA sequences presently known to include BMP gene sequences. By way of example only, U.S. Patent 5,166,058, teaches that hBMP-2 is encoded by a nucleotide sequence from nucleotide #356 to nucleotide #1543 ofthe sequence shown in Table II ofthe patent. One may thus obtain a BMP-2 DNA segment using molecular biological techniques, such as polymerase chain reaction ("PCR") or screening a cDNA or genomic library, using primers or probes with sequences based on the above nucleotide sequence. The practice of such techniques is a routine matter for those of skill in the art (Sambrook et al, 1989; incoφorated herein by reference). Certain documents further particularly describe suitable mammalian expression vectors, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,168,050, incoφorated herein by reference.
The PTH gene, or a DNA segment encoding the active fragment thereof, such as a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide that includes the amino acids 1-34 (hPTHl-34; Hendy et al, 1981; incoφorated herein by reference; 5,700,774, incoφorated herein by reference) is another preferred gene. As disclosed in the above patents, and known to those of skill in the art, the original source of a recombinant gene or DNA segment to be used in a therapeutic regimen need not be of the same species as the animal to be treated. In this regard, it is contemplated that any recombinant PTH, TGF or BMP gene may be employed to promote bone repair or regeneration in a human subject or an animal, such as, e.g., a horse. Particularly preferred genes are those from human, mouse and bovine sources, in that such genes and DNA segments are readily available, with the human or mouse forms of the gene being most preferred for use in human treatment regimens. Recombinant proteins and polypeptides encoded by isolated DNA segments and genes are often referred to with the prefix "r" for recombinant and "rh" for recombinant human. As such, DNA segments encoding rBMPs, such as rhBMP-2 or rhBMP-4, are contemplated to be particularly useful in connection with this invention.
It is also contemplated that one may clone further genes or cDNAs that encode an osteogenic protein or polypeptide. The techniques for cloning DNA molecules, i.e., obtaining a specific coding sequence from a DNA library that is distinct from other portions of DNA, are well known in the art. The screening procedure may be based on the hybridization of oligonucleotide probes, designed from a consideration of portions of the amino acid sequence of known DNA sequences encoding related osteogenic proteins. The operation of such screening protocols are well known to those of skill in the art and are described in detail in the scientific literature, for example, in Sambrook et αl. (1989), incoφorated herein by reference.
By way of example only, genes to be supplied by the invention include, but are not limited to, those encoding and expressing: hormones, neurotransmitters, growth factors, growth factor receptors, interferons, interleukins, chemokines, cytokines, colony stimulating factors and chemotactic factors; transcription and elongation factors, cell cycle control proteins, including kinases and phosphatases, DNA repair proteins, apoptosis-inducing genes; oncogenes, antisense oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes; angiogenic and anti-angiogenic proteins; immune response stimulating and modulating proteins; cell surface receptors, accessory signaling molecules and transport proteins; enzymes; and anti-bacterial and anti-viral proteins.
3. Biological Functional Equivalents As mentioned above, modification and changes may be made in the structure of a selected gene and still obtain a functional molecule that encodes a protein or polypeptide with desirable characteristics. The following is a discussion based upon changing the amino acids of a protein to create an equivalent, or even an improved, second-generation molecule. The amino acid changes may be achieved by change the codons ofthe DNA sequence, according to the following codon table:
Codon Table
Amino Acids Codons
Alanine Ala A GCA GCC GCG GCU
Cysteine Cys C UGC UGU
Aspartic acid Asp D GAC GAU
Glutamic acid Glu E GAA GAG
Phenylalαnine Phe F uuc uuu Glycine Gly G GGA GGC GGG GGU
Histidine His H CAC CAU
Isoleυcine lie I AUA AUC AUU
Lysine Lys K AAA AAG
Leucine Leu L UUA UUG CUA cue CUG CUU Methionine Met M AUG
Asparagiπe Asn N AAC AAU
Proline Pro P CCA CCC CCG ecu
Glutamine Gin Q CAA CAG
Arginine Arg R AGA AGG CGA CGC CGG CGU Seriπe Ser S AGC AGU UCA UCC UCG UCU
Tbreonine Thr T ACA ACC ACG ACU
Valine Val V GUA GUC GUG GUU Tryptophan Trp w UGG
Tyrosine Tyr Y UAC UAU For example, certain amino acids may be substituted for other amino acids in a protein structure without appreciable loss of interactive binding capacity with structures such as, for example, antigen-binding regions of antibodies or binding sites on substrate molecules. Since it is the interactive capacity and nature of a protein that defines that protein's biological functional activity, certain amino acid sequence substitutions can be made in a protein sequence, and, of course, its underlying DNA coding sequence, and nevertheless obtain a protein with like properties. It is thus contemplated by the inventors that various changes may be made in the DNA sequences of osteogenic genes without appreciable loss of their biological utility or activity.
In making such changes, the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered. The importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982, incoφorate herein by reference). It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like.
Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of their hydrophobicity and charge characteristics (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982), these are: Isoleucine (+4.5); valine (+4.2); leucine (+3.8); phenylalanine (+2.8); cysteine/cystine (+2.5); methionine (+1.9); alanine (+1.8); glycine (-0.4); threonine (-0.7); serine (- 0.8); tryptophan (-0.9); tyrosine (-1.3); proline (-1.6); histidine (-3.2); glutamate (- 3.5); glutamine (-3.5); aspartate (-3.5); asparagine (-3.5); lysine (-3.9); and arginine (- 4.5).
It is known in the art that certain amino acids may be substituted by other amino acids having a similar hydropathic index or score and still result in a protein with similar biological activity, i.e., still obtain a biological functionally equivalent protein. In making such changes, the substitution of amino acids whose hydropathic indices are within ±2 is preferred, those that are within ±1 are particularly preferred, and those within ±0.5 are even more particularly preferred.
It is also understood in the art that the substitution of like amino acids can be made effectively on the basis of hydrophilicity. U.S. Patent 4,554,101, incoφorated herein by reference, states that the greatest local average hydrophilicity of a protein, as governed by the hydrophilicity of its adjacent amino acids, correlates with a biological property ofthe protein.
As detailed in U.S. Patent 4,554,101, the following hydrophilicity values have been assigned to amino acid residues: arginine (+3.0); lysine (+3.0); aspartate (+3.0 ± 1); glutamate (+3.0 ± 1); serine (+0.3); asparagine (+0.2); glutamine (+0.2); glycine (0); threonine (-0.4); proline (-0.5 ± 1); alanine (-0.5); histidine (-0.5); cysteine (-1.0); methionine (-1.3); valine (-1.5); leucine (-1.8); isoleucine (-1.8); tyrosine (-2.3); phenylalanine (-2.5); tryptophan (-3.4).
It is understood that an amino acid can be substituted for another having a similar hydrophilicity value and still obtain a biologically equivalent, and in particular, an immunologically equivalent protein. In such changes, the substitution of amino acids whose hydrophilicity values are within ±2 is preferred, those that are within ±1 are particularly preferred, and those within ±0.5 are even more particularly preferred.
As outline above, amino acid substitutions are generally therefore based on the relative similarity of the amino acid side-chain substituents, for example, their hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and the like. Exemplary substitutions that take various of the foregoing characteristics into consideration are well known to those of skill in the art and include: arginine and lysine; glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine. C. Therapeutic Approaches
1. Matrix-DNA Therapeutic Formulations and Kits
Once the appropriate matrix fabrication parameters and the desired gene(s) have been selected, the genes are associated with, or impregnated within, the biocompatible matrix to form a "matrix-gene composition". The matrix-gene composition can then be placed in contact with the target cells or tissue in vivo. The matrix can be impregnated with a gene or DNA segment simply by soaking the matrix in a solution containing the DNA, such as a plasmid solution, for a brief period of time of anywhere from about 5 minutes or so, up to and including about an hour. "Matrix-gene compositions" are thus all those in which a gene is adsorbed, absorbed, ionically bound, or otherwise maintained in contact with the matrix.
In preferred embodiments, the DNA is provided to the controlled or open pore matrices during the fabrication process. Both one-step and two-step DNA- incoφoration gas foaming/particulate leaching processes are provided by the present invention. By incoφorating the genetic material during the fabrication process, its release can be controlled by controlling the release of polymer degradation (choice of polymer materials) and by controlling the diffusion of DNA through the pores (choice of fabrication parameters, controlling pore size). Otherwise, release would be governed only by desoφtion of DNA from the polymer surface. In essence, controlled and sustained release can only be effectively achieved by incoφorating the DNA during the matrix fabrication process.
In the preferred aspects of the one-step DNA-GF/PL processes, polymer particles and DNA are mixed with sodium chloride, compressed into a disc, and placed in a pressure vessel with a high pressure gas. As with the basic method, release of the pressure causes the polymer particles to expand, collide and fuse, thereby producing an interconnected structural matrix. Pores are again formed by leaching out the salt and leaving a matrix with an open pore structure. The two-step DNA-GF/PL fabrication process also preferably involves mixing the polymer with DNA, compressing into a disc, and placing in a pressure vessel with high pressure gas. Release of the pressure produces an interconnected matrix; however, the polymer has a closed pore structure. In those less preferred aspects of the invention, where cellular invasion is not desired during use of the plasmid- containing matrix, the closed pore polymer can be used for sustained DNA delivery.
The second step of this two-step process involves grinding the initial matrix into small pieces, mixing them with salt, pressing into a disc, and placement in a pressure vessel.
The matrix is then foamed and the salt removed via leaching.
In certain other preferred embodiments, the three-dimensional structural matrices are composed of alginate that has been fabricated in a manner effective to control the pore size and structure by the processing technique. These structural matrices create a space and provide suitable stability to allow interacting cells to form new three dimensional tissues. The preferred fabrication processes also involve gas foaming techniques, as described above.
Data is presented herein to show that plasmids released from gas foamed and alginate matrices remain intact and functional. Released plasmids are able to transfect cells in vitro and in vivo. In vivo, the transfected cells produce the encoded proteins in sufficient quantities to yield physiologically observable effects on tissue formation, e.g., increases in vascularization and granulation tissue in response to PDGF. Importantly, this physiological response is only observed with a matrix-mediated delivery of plasmid, and not by direct injection of equivalent plasmid quantities.
The delivery of genetic material, particularly plasmid DNA, from the present three-dimensional, structural matrices is thus contemplated for use in virtually any application in which one would desire to provide genetic material to cells. As the three-dimensional structural matrices are designed to support cellular invasion, the matrix-DNA preparations are especially useful in the treatment of a wide variety of disorders and injuries in vivo. In fact, gene transfer using this invention is not limited to any particular tissue, but is widely applicable.
The approach of the present invention for inducing tissue formation is advantageous compared to other approaches that involve direct protein or plasmid DNA delivery. A traditional approach to achieve tissue formation with inductive molecules is the direct delivery of a growth factor (Deuel, 1997). Although this approach can induce a physiological response, it is difficult to achieve long-term delivery of functional proteins, due to the limitations of protein stability at 37°C and immunogenicity (Langer, 1998).
The high stability of plasmid DNA may provide a significant advantage over direct delivery of the protein. However, direct injection of plasmid DNA into tissues typically leads to small numbers (lθ θ3) of transfected cells (Ledley, 1996). The present controlled delivery of plasmid DNA from PLGA matrices, in contrast, results in large numbers (~105-106) of transfected cells that can produce the inductive factor (Example XVII). Clinical applications of proteins such as human PDGF would not result in adverse effects, such as inflammatory responses, as the produced proteins would be native to the human body.
The present invention demonstrates a controlled and sustained release of plasmid DNA from a biodegradable tissue engineering matrix. Plasmid has been delivered in a sustained manner from a non-degradable polymer (Jong et al, 1997), and a polymer thin film coating (Labhasetwar et al, 1998). PLGA microspheres have also been used to deliver plasmid DNA encoding antigens to elicit a specific immune response (Hedley et al, 1998). One of the significant advantages of the present invention is the control of the DNA delivery rate afforded by controlling the degradation rate ofthe biodegradable polymer used.
In the fabrication methods ofthe invention, DNA is incoφorated within pores of the matrix during the foaming process when the polymer expands and entraps the DNA within the pores. The variation in DNA release kinetics obtained with this system (FIG. 1) is likely due to a differential foaming of the polymers due to their compositional and molecular weight differences. These results mean that one can readily control the time of plasmid DNA release from the matrix in vivo, and thus the time frame for expression ofthe plasmid.
The potential for gene therapy approaches in tissue engineering has been previously demonstrated by transplantation of ex vivo transfected cells on porous polymer matrices. This led to local expression of a therapeutic protein that enhanced the survival of transplanted cells, and the formation of new vascular tissues (Nor et al, 1999). However, this approach carries with it all of the disadvantages of cell transplantation. With the present invention's delivery of plasmid DNA, cell transplantation is not a necessity (although it is certainly an embodiment included within the invention).
In the practice of the present invention, as the target cells penetrate or grow into the matrix, they contact the DNA therein, allowing the cells to take up the desired gene or cDNA and express the encoded protein. The matrices thus both deliver the gene composition and also provide a surface for new tissue growth, i.e., will act as an in situ scaffolding through which cells may migrate.
In the process of tissue engineering, tissue formation is characterized by temporal expression of a sequence of genes involved in development (Stein et al. , 1996). The matrix system ofthe present invention, in contrast to previously described systems (Nor et al, 1999; Fang et al, 1996), is ideal for temporally defined delivery and expression of a number of plasmids encoding for various genes in an engineered tissue.
A particular advantage of the present invention is that a combination of polymers can be used to prepare matrix-DNA formulations to deliver multiple plasmids at different rates. This can be achieved using a single matrix-DNA preparation fabricated from multiple different polymers that are associated with different genes, such that each polymer releases a different gene at a different time.
Equally, a number of individual DNA-matrices can be prepared, each one fabricated from a different polymer and each containing a different gene. Either way, the invention allows for the simple and controllable delivery of multiple genes to a defined site in the body at an appropriate time frame.
Each of the gene transfer methods of the present invention thus generally comprise contacting target cells or tissues with a composition comprising a nucleic acid segment in combination with the defined structural matrix in a manner effective to transfer the nucleic acid segment into the cells. The cells may be cultured cells or recombinant cells maintained in vitro, when all that is required is to add the nucleic acid composition to the cells, e.g., by adding it to the culture media.
More preferably, the target cells are located within a tissue site of an animal, when the nucleic acid-matrix composition is applied to the site in order to effect, or promote, nucleic acid transfer into the target cells in vivo. In transferring nucleic acids into target cells within an animal, a preferred method involves first fabricating a biocompatible matrix with additional genetic material and then using the impregnated matrix to contact an appropriate tissue site within the animal.
The amount of gene construct that is applied to the matrix and the amount of matrix-gene material that is applied to the tissue will be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian considering various biological and medical factors. For example, one would consider the particular gene and matrix; the amount of tissue desired to be formed; the site of tissue damage; the condition of the damaged tissue; the patient's or animal's age, sex, and diet; the severity of any infection; the time of administration; and further clinical factors, such as serum levels of various factors and hormones. The suitable dosage regimen will therefore be readily determinable by one of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure, bearing in mind the individual circumstances. An extremely wide variety of genetic material can be transferred to target cells or tissues using the compositions and methods of the invention. For example, the nucleic acid segment may be DNA (double or single-stranded) or RNA (e.g., mRNA, tRNA, rRNA). The nucleic acids may also include at least one "coding segment", i.e., that encodes a protein or polypeptide. Antisense nucleic acid molecules, such as antisense RNA, that function to disrupt gene expression are also contemplated. The nucleic acid segments may thus be genomic sequences, including exons or introns alone or exons and introns, or coding cDNA regions, or in fact any construct that one desires to transfer to a target cell or tissue. In terms of DNA vaccination, e.g., via nucleic acid transfer into antigen presenting cells (APCs), the nucleic acids transferred may even be total or partial genomic or cellular-extracted nucleic acids from pathogenic organisms, thereby generating an immune response against any one or more ofthe components ofthe pathogen.
Suitable nucleic acid segments may also be in virtually any form, such as naked DNA or RNA, including linear nucleic acid molecules and plasmids; functional inserts within the genomes of various recombinant viruses, including viruses with DNA genomes and retroviruses; and any form of nucleic acid segment, plasmid or virus associated with a liposome or a gold particle, the latter of which may be employed in connection with the gene gun technology.
The invention is preferably employed to promote expression of a desired gene in target cells or tissues and to impart a particular desired phenotype to the cells. This "expression" is useful in the increased expression of a gene that is normally expressed (i.e., "over-expression"); in the expression of a gene that is not normally associated with the target cells in their natural environment; and in the expression of a gene in a diseased or otherwise defective target cell that should normally express the gene, but is lacking due to a defect that needs correcting; and/or in the expression and processing of antigenic or immunogenic fragments, allowing cell surface presentation, particularly by APCs. Alternatively, the invention may be used to suppress the expression of a gene that is naturally expressed in target cells and tissues, and again, to change or alter the phenotype. Gene suppression may be a way of expressing a gene that encodes a protein that exerts a down-regulatory function, or it may utilize antisense technology.
Irrespective of the chosen therapeutic embodiment, particularly influenced by the gene(s) used, the DNA-matrices of the present invention may be formulated as therapeutic devices, generally molded or designed matrix-gene compositions. The devices may be of virtually any size or shape, so that their dimensions are adapted to fit the biological area ofthe animal that is to be treated.
Therapeutic kits comprising, in suitable container means, a defined biocompatible matrix and one or more selected genes form another aspect of the invention. Such kits will generally contain a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation ofthe matrix and a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of a selected gene.
The kits may comprise a single container means that contains both the biocompatible matrix and the gene(s). In this sense, the container means may contain a pharmaceutically acceptable sterile matrix having associated with it, the gene composition. The matrix may even be a gelatinous matrix-DNA formulation, e.g., in the form of a syringeable composition. In which cases, the container means may itself be a syringe, pipette, or other such like apparatus, from which the matrix-DNA material may be applied to a tissue site or wound area. Gene-matrices that are "ready to use", such as sponges, implants, tubes, band-aids, bandages, gels, patches, pads, nanoparticles, lyophilized components, powders and telfa pads are thus provided. However, single containers containing a dry, or lyophilized, mixture of a matrix and gene composition, which may or may not require pre-wetting before use, are also provided. Alternatively, the kits of the invention may comprise distinct container means for each component. In such cases, one container would contain the gene, either as a sterile DNA solution or in a lyophilized form, and the other container would include the matrix, which may or may not itself be prewetted with a sterile solution.
The kits may also comprise a second or third container means for containing a sterile, pharmaceutically acceptable buffer or other diluent. Such a solution may be required to formulate either the DNA component, the matrix component, both components separately, or a pre-mixed combination of the components, into a more suitable form for application to the body. It should be noted, however, that all components of a kit could be supplied in a dry form, which would allow for "wetting" upon contact with body fluids. Thus, the presence of any type of pharmaceutically acceptable buffer is not a requirement for the kits ofthe invention.
The container means will generally be a container such as a vial, test tube, flask, bottle, syringe or other container means, into which the components of the kit may placed. The matrix and gene components may also be aliquoted into smaller containers, should this be desired. The kits ofthe present invention may also include a means for containing the individual containers in close confinement for commercial sale, such as, e.g., injection or blow-molded plastic containers into which the desired vials or syringes are retained.
Irrespective of the number of containers, the kits of the invention may also comprise, or be packaged with, an instrument for assisting with the placement of the ultimate matrix-gene composition within the body of an animal. Such an instrument may be a syringe, pipette, forceps, or any such medically approved delivery vehicle.
In other embodiments ofthe invention, the DNA matrices may be used to coat surgical devices, such as suture materials or implants. In some instances, medical devices such as implants, sutures, wound dressings, etc., may be coated with the nucleic acid compositions of the invention using conventional coating techniques that are well known in the art. Such methods include, by way of example and not limitation, dipping the device in the nucleic acid composition, brushing the device with the nucleic acid composition and/or spraying the device with the aerosol nucleic acid compositions of the invention. The device is then dried, either at room temperature or with the aid of a drying oven, optionally at reduced pressure. A preferred method for coating sutures is provided in Example IX.
For sutures coated with a polymeric matrix containing plasmid DNA, it is suitable to applying a coating composition containing a total of about .01 to lOmg plasmid DNA, and preferably about 1 to 5 mg plasmid DNA, to a 70 cm length of suture using about 5 to 100, preferably about 5 to 50, and more preferably about 15 to 30 coating applications, in order to yield a therapeutically effective and uniform coating.
Sutures that may be coated include any suture of natural or synthetic origin, typically including, by way of example and not limitation: silk; cotton; linen; polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate; homopolymers and copolymers of hydroxycarboxylic acid esters; collagen (plain or chromicized); catgut (plain or chromicized); and suture-substitutes, such as cyanoacrylates. The sutures may take any convenient form such as braids or twists, and may have a wide range of sizes as are commonly employed in the art.
The sutures coated with polymeric matrices containing nucleic acids encoding therapeutic proteins can be used to stimulate wound healing in vivo. The advantages of using such coated sutures cover virtually every field of surgical use in humans and animals.
2. Wound Healing
Wound healing is usually a co-ordinated, stereotyped sequence of events that includes: tissue disruption and loss of normal tissue architecture; cell necrosis and hemorrhage; hemostasis (clot formation); infiltration of segmented and mononuclear inflammatory cells, with vascular congestion and tissue edema; dissolution of the clot as well as damaged cells and tissues by mononuclear cells (macrophages); formation of granulation tissue (fibroplasia and angiogenesis). This sequence of cellular events has been observed in wounds from all tissues and organs generated in a large number of mammalian species (Gailet et al, 1994). Therefore, the cellular sequence described above is a universal aspect ofthe repair of all mammalian tissues.
Currently available wound healing therapies involve the administration of therapeutic proteins. Such therapeutic proteins may include regulatory factors involved in the normal healing process such as systemic hormones, cytokines, growth factors and other proteins that regulate proliferation and differentiation of cells. Growth factors, cytokines and hormones having wound healing capacity include, for example, the TGF-β superfamily of proteins, acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF), macrophage-colony stimulating factor (M-CSF) and calcium regulatory agents, such as parathyroid hormone (PTH).
As with other therapies described herein, a number of problems are associated with the use of proteins in wound healing therapies. First, the purification and/or recombinant production of therapeutic proteins is an expensive and time-consuming process. Despite best efforts, purified protein preparations are often unstable, making storage and use cumbersome. Protein instability can also lead to unexpected inflammatory reactions (to protein breakdown products) that are toxic to the host.
Second, systemic delivery of therapeutic proteins is often associated with serious unwanted side effects in unwounded tissue. Due to inefficient delivery to specific cells and tissues in the body, administration of high doses of protein are required to ensure that sufficient amounts of the protein reach the appropriate tissue target. The circulation of high doses of therapeutic proteins is often toxic due to pleiotropic effects of the administered protein, and may give rise to serious side effects. In light of the short half life in the body, due to proteolytic degradation, the proteins must also be administered repeatedly, which may give rise to an immune reaction to the therapeutic proteins.
Third, exogenous delivery of recombinant proteins is inefficient. Attempts have been made to limit the administration of high levels of protein through immobilization of therapeutic protein at the target site. However, this therapeutic approach complicates the readministration ofthe protein for repeated dosing.
Fourth, for a variety of proteins, such as membrane receptors, transcription factors and intracellular binding proteins, biological activity is dependent on correct expression and localization in the cell. For many proteins, correct cellular localization occurs as the protein is post-translationally modified inside the cells. Therefore, such proteins cannot be administered exogenously in such a way as to be taken up and properly localized inside the cell.
In contrast to the many deficiencies of protein therapies for wound healing, the present invention provides rational methods for the in vivo production of physiological amounts of desired proteins at their site of action. The present matrix- gene invention also overcomes the problems associated with currently devised gene therapies, namely the inability to transfer DNA efficiently into a targeted cell population and to achieve high level expression of the gene product in vivo. The matrix-gene compositions and devices of this invention may thus be used in wound healing and related tissue repair, including, but not limited to healing of burns, incisions, ulcers and various other forms of tissue damage.
The invention thus provides methods for specific targeting and transfer of nucleic acids into mammalian repair cells involved in wound healing, e.g., in order to express therapeutic products at the wound site. These methods of the invention generally involve administering a gene-matrix into a fresh wound site in the body. In this setting, repair cells are localized to the wound site, where they become transfected and produce DNA-encoded agents (RNAs, proteins, etc.) that enhance wound healing. The invention is based, in part, on the discovery that repair cells, active in the wound healing process, proliferate and migrate from surrounding tissue into the area ofthe wound and infiltrate the gene activated matrix. The matrix acts as a scaffolding that promotes cell ingrowth, and, in turn, gene transfer, through the local accumulation of repair cells near the DNA. While in the matrix, repair cells are efficient at taking up the DNA and expressing it as translational products, i.e. proteins, or transcriptional products, i.e. antisense and ribozymes. This is siuprising, as such repair cells are normally difficult to efficiently transfect, either in vitro or in vivo. The repair cells are thus evidently activated to proliferate by the wound healing process and the matrix environment. The transfected repair cells then serve as local bioreactors amplifying the production ofthe gene product in vivo.
While any number of DNA sequences can be used in the method, preferred DNA sequences are those that encode translational products (i.e. proteins) or transcriptional products (i.e. antisense or ribozymes) that (a) promote tissue repair; or
(b) are capable of disrupting a disease process (thereby allowing normal tissue healing to take place).
The invention overcomes the shortcomings of procedures currently used for wound healing involving the administration of therapeutic proteins. First, DNA, which is both stable and non-toxic, can be safely administered in high doses in vivo. Second, repeated administration, while possible, is not required. The cells that take up and express the DNA provide a supply of gene product at the site of the wound. Third, the invention can be practiced in a way that addresses the temporal requirements of dosing. For example, the DNA can be presented in vectors that integrate into the genome of the targeted cell. In this case, all daughter cells will contain and express the transferred DNA, thereby acting as a continuous source for the therapeutic agent. In contrast, non-integrating systems may be utilized wherein the DNA does not integrate into the genome and the gene is not passed on to daughter cells. In such an instance, when the wound healing process is completed and the gene product is no longer needed, the gene product will not be expressed.
The invention, as shown in the examples herein, can be used to reproducibly transfer and express genes in a variety of wounded soft and hard tissues in vivo. The matrix-based invention thus provides genes to a suitable number of repair cells to achieve functional effects in vivo, i.e. in the absence of any further targeting or cellular identification by the practitioner. By analogy, the DNA acts much like "bait" in a "trap": the DNA is encountered by unwitting repair cells that have proliferated and then migrated into the gene activated matrix. These cells, in turn, are siuprisingly capable of taking up DNA and expressing it as a therapeutic agent.
In one embodiment ofthe invention, the method of the invention may be used as a drug delivery system through transfer of DNA into mammalian repair cells for the purpose of stimulating soft and hard tissue repair and tissue regeneration. The repair cells will be those cells that normally arrive at the area of the wound to be treated. Accordingly, there is no difficulty associated with the obtaining of suitable target cells to which the present therapeutic compositions should be applied. All that is required is the implantation of a gene-activated matrix at the wound site. The nature of this biological environment is such that the appropriate repair cells will actively take up and express the "bait" DNA in the absence of any further targeting or cellular identification by the practitioner.
The methods of the invention can be used to transfer DNA into mammalian repair cells, e.g., to stimulate skeletal tissue regeneration (see Section C3, below); ligament and tendon repair; and to stimulate soft tissue and/or blood vessel repair. A "repair cell" or "mammalian repair cell", as used herein, is any cell or mammalian cell that contributes to a beneficial response to injury. Preferably, the repair cells are stimulated to migrate and proliferate in response to tissue injury. Repair cells are thus a component of the wound healing response and include, for example, fibroblasts, capillary endothelial cells, capillary pericytes, mononuclear inflammatory cells, segmented inflammatory cells and granulation tissue cells.
As used herein, the term "wound site" is generally defined as any location in the host animal or patient that arises from tissue injury, such as tissue damage that occurs as a result of disease, traumatic tissue injury, or surgical procedures.
"Wound healing" is generally achieved by using the transfected repair cells to produce the encoded therapeutic agents, which then influence the local repair environment. For example, growth factors or cytokines produced by the transfected repair cells bind and stimulate targeted effector cells that express cognate cell surface receptors, thereby stimulating and amplifying the cascade of physiological events normally associated with the wound healing process.
Alternatively, the repair cells may take up and express DNA encoding proteins that inhibit the activity of antagonists of the wound healing process. The DNA may also encode antisense or ribozyme RNA molecules that may be used to inhibit translation of mRNAs encoding inflammatory proteins or other factors that inhibit wound healing or cause excessive fibrosis.
The gene-matrix of the invention can be transferred to an animal or patient using a variety of techniques. For example, when stimulating wound healing and regeneration, the matrices are transferred directly to the site of the wound, i.e. the fractured bone, injured connective tissue, etc. For use in skin repair, the matrices are topically administered. For use in organ regeneration, the matrices are surgically placed in a wound made in the organ.
Since the operative methods are based on the natural migration and proliferation of repair cells into a wound site, and infiltration into the gene-matrix located at the wound site, followed by the uptake of DNA, it is understood that the matrices should be transferred at or near a site in the body where the wound healing process is being induced. Matrices can thus be directly applied to the site of the wound by the hand of the physician, or placed surgically in a normal tissue site in order to treat nearby diseased tissue. In instances where the DNA-matrices are to be injected, the matrices are drawn up into a syringe and injected into an animal or patient at the site of the wound. Multiple injections may be made in the area of the wound.
An important feature of the invention is that the repair process may be engineered to result in either the formation of scar tissue and/or tissue regeneration. For example, overexpression of therapeutic proteins at the site of the wound may result in regeneration of the injured tissue without the formation of scar tissue. In many instances, for example, such as bone repair, such regeneration is desirable because scar tissue is not optimally designed to support normal mechanical function. This is also true in instances such as the treatment of burns and connective tissue damage.
Equally, around a suture it may be desirable to form scar tissue to hold inherently weak tissue together. Therefore, the methods of invention may be used to stimulate wound healing either with, or without, the formation of scar tissue, depending on the tissue type and the type and level of therapeutic protein expressed.
The wound-healing methods of the invention can be universally applied to wounds that involve many different cells, tissues and organs. These include, but are not limited to, bone repair; connective tissue repair, such as cartilage, tendon and ligament repair; blood vessel repair; skeletal muscle repair; skin repair; organ regeneration; and regulation of vasculogenesis and/or angiogenesis. The end result of therapeutic protein expression is the augmentation of tissue repair and regeneration. The invention is also useful in blocking disease processes, thereby allowing natural tissue healing to take place. The gene-matrices may also be used to treat patients with impaired healing capacity resulting from, for example, the effects of aging or diabetes. The matrices may also be used for treatment of wounds that heal slowly due to natural reasons, e.g., in the elderly, and those who do not respond to existing therapies, such as in those individuals with chronic skin wounds.
Soft Tissue Repair
Skeletal connective tissue damage due to traumatic injury can be treated using matrices containing genes encoding a variety of growth factors. Connective tissue normally consists of cells and extracellular matrix organized in a characteristic tissue architecture. Tissue wounding disrupts this architecture and stimulates a wound healing response. The methods of the present invention are particularly well suited for stimulation of growth and regeneration of connective tissue, as it is important that the injured tissue regenerate without the formation of scar tissue - - as scar tissue can interfere the normal mechanical function of connective tissue.
Various growth factors may be used to promote soft tissue repair. These include, but are not limited to, members of the TGF-β superfamily (e.g., TGF-β itself), that stimulate expression of genes coding for extracellular matrix proteins, and other cytokines such as EGF and PDGF. Examples of other genes that may be used include: (a) cytokines, such as the peptide growth and differentiation factors, interleukins, chemokines, interferons, colony stimulating factors; (b) angiogenic factors, such as FGF and VEGF; (c) extracellular matrix proteins, such as collagen, laminin, and fibronectin; (d) the family of cell adhesion molecules, e.g., the integrins, selectins, Ig family members such as N-CAM and LI, and cadherins; (e) cell surface cytokine signaling receptors, such as the type I and type II TGF-β receptors and the FGF receptors; (f) non-signaling co-receptors, such as betaglycan and syndecan; (g) the family of signal transducing kinases; (h) cytoskeletal proteins, such as talin and vinculin; (i) cytokine binding proteins, such as the family of latent TGF-β binding proteins; and (j) nuclear trans acting proteins, such as transcription factors. Once formed, such matrices are then placed in the host mammal in the area of the connective tissue wound. Gene activated matrices can be injected directly into the area of connective tissue injury. Alternatively, surgical techniques, such as arthroscopic surgery, may be used to deliver the matrices to the area ofthe connective tissue wound.
Organ Regeneration
The invention may also be used to stimulate the repair and regeneration of organ tissue, e.g., following traumatic injury or surgery. In the case of liver, the liver may be damaged due to excessive alcohol consumption or due to infection with various types of infectious agents, such as the hepatitis family of viruses. The kidney may likewise fail to function normally as a result of damage resulting from kidney disease. Mucous membranes of the esophagus, stomach or duodenum may contain ulcerations caused by acid and pepsin in gastric juices. The ulcerations may also arise from colonization of gastric mucosal cells with Helicobacter pylori bacteria. These organs and diseases serve only as examples, indeed the methods ofthe invention may be used to treat diseases, or to stimulate organ regeneration in any organ ofthe body.
Matrices containing DNA encoding cytokines that stimulate proliferation and differentiation of cells, and/or regulate tissue moφhogenesis, are transplanted to the appropriate organ site. Such factors include, but are not limited to: the transforming growth factor family of proteins; platelet derived growth factor (PDGF); insulin like growth factor (IGF); and fibroblast growth factory (FGF). In some instances, it may be useful to express growth factors and/or cytokines that stimulate the proliferation of cell types specific for a given organ, e.g., hepatocytes, kidney or cardiac cells, etc. For example, hepatocyte growth factor may be expressed to stimulate the wound healing process in the liver. For treatment of ulcers, resulting from Helicobacter infection, the gene activated matrices may contain DNA encoding anti-microbial proteins. The gene activated matrices ofthe invention may be surgically implanted into the organ that is to be treated. Alternatively, laproscopic surgical procedures may be utilized to transfer the gene activated matrices into the body. In cases where the treatment is in response to tissue injury, the natural wound healing process will stimulate the migration and proliferation of the repair cells to the transplanted matrices. Alternatively, where the gene activated matrices are transferred to organs that have not been injured, for example, where matrices are implanted to express therapeutic proteins not involved in wound healing, the wound healing process can be stimulated by induction of tissue injury.
Regulation of Angiogenesis
Another use of the invention is to regulate the formation and spreading of blood vessels, or vasculogenesis and angiogenesis, respectively. Both these physiological processes play an important role in wound healing and organ regeneration.
Initially, at the site of a wound, granulation tissue, which is a mixture of collagen, matrix and blood vessels, is deposited and provides wound strength during tissue repair. The formation of new blood vessels involves the proliferation, migration and infiltration of vascular endothelial cells, and is known to be regulated by a variety of polypeptide growth factors. Several polypeptides with endothelial cell growth promoting activity have been identified, including acidic and basic fibroblastic growth factors (FGF), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), and placental derived growth factor (PDGF).
To stimulate the formation and spreading of blood vessels, DNA encoding such growth factors is incoφorated into matrices and these matrices are implanted into the host. In some instances, it may be necessary to induce the wound healing process through tissue injury. It is often desirable to inhibit the proliferation of blood vessel formation, such as in angiogenesis associated with the growth of solid tumors, which rely on vascularization for growth. Tumor angiogenesis is inhibited through the transfer of
DNAs encoding negative inhibitors of angiogenesis, such as thrombospondin or angiostatin. In specific embodiments of the invention, DNA encoding, for example, thrombospondin or angiostatin, is thus incoφorated into a matrix and the matrix implanted into an animal or patient at or near the site of a tumor.
Repair of the Skin The present invention may also be used to stimulate the growth and repair of skin tissue. In wounds that involve injury to areas of the skin, and particularly in the case of massive burns, it is important that the skin grow very rapidly in order to prevent infections, reduce fluid loss, and reduce the area of potential scarring. Skin damage resulting from burns, punctures, cuts and/or abrasions is treatable using the gene activated matrices of the present invention. Skin disorders such as psoriasis, atopic dermatitis or skin damage arising from fungal, bacterial and viral infections or treatment of skin cancers such as melanoma, can also be treated using the methods of the invention.
Matrices containing DNA encoding cytokines that stimulate proliferation and differentiation of cells of the skin, including central basal stem cells, keratinocytes, melanocytes, Langerhans cells and Merkel cells can be used to treat skin injuries and disorders. The gene activated matrices serve two functions: the protection of the wound from infection and dehydration; and supplying the DNA for uptake by repair cells. The gene activated matrices of the invention can be combined with, or fabricated into, dermal patches, cadaver skin, band-aids, gauze pads, collagen lattices, topical creams or gels. Prior to the application of the matrices to the wound site, damaged skin or devitalized tissue may be removed.
The DNA to be incoφorated into the matrices can encode a variety of different growth factors, including keratinocyte-growth-factor (KGF) or epidermal growth factor (EGF). DNA encoding IL-1, which has been shown to be a potent inducer of epithelial cell migration and proliferation as part of the healing process, may also be incoφorated into these matrices ofthe invention.
3. Bone Repair
Bone has a substantial capacity to regenerate following fracture. Defects in the process of bone repair and regeneration are linked to the development of several human diseases and disorders, e.g., osteoporosis and osteogenesis imperfecta. Failure of the bone repair mechanism is, of course, also associated with significant complications in clinical orthopaedic practice, for example, fibrous non-union following bone fracture, implant interface failures and large allograft failures. The lives of many individuals can now be improved by application of the present invention to stimulate and strengthen the fracture repair process. Indeed, DNA release from matrices in general has already been shown to be operative for gene transfer into bone progenitor cells and wound-healing fibroblasts in vivo (see, e.g., U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, and U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996, each incoφorated herein by reference).
A very significant patient population to benefit from the new and improved therapies provided hereby are those patients suffering from osteoporosis. The term osteoporosis refers to a heterogeneous group of disorders characterized by decreased bone mass and fractures. Clinically, osteoporosis is segregated into type I and type II. Type I osteoporosis occurs predominantly in middle aged women and is associated with estrogen loss at the menopause, while osteoporosis type II is associated with advancing age.
An estimated 20-25 million people are at increased risk for fracture because of site-specific bone loss. The cost of treating osteoporosis in the United States is currently estimated to be in the order of $10 billion per year. Demographic trends, i.e., the gradually increasing age of the US population, suggest that these costs may increase 2-3 fold by the year 2020 if a safe and effective treatment is not found. Osteogenesis imperfecta (OI) refers to a group of inherited connective tissue diseases characterized by bone and soft connective tissue fragility. The overall incidence is currently estimated to be 1 in 5,000-14,000 live births. Hearing loss, dentinogenesis imperfecta, respiratory insufficiency, severe scoliosis and emphysema are just some of the conditions that are associated with one or more types of OI. While accurate estimates of the health care costs are not available, the morbidity and mortality associated with OI certainly result from the extreme propensity to fracture (OI types I-IV) and the deformation of abnormal bone following fracture repair (OI types II-IV). The most relevant issue with OI treatment is to develop new methods by which to improve fracture repair and thus to improve the quality of life of these patients.
The techniques of bone reconstruction, such as is used to reconstruct defects occurring as a result of trauma, cancer surgery or errors in development, would also be improved by new methods to promote bone repair. Reconstructive methods currently employed, such as using autologous bone grafts, or bone grafts with attached soft tissue and blood vessels, are associated with significant drawbacks of both cost and difficulty. For example, harvesting a useful amount of autologous bone is not easily achieved, and even autologous grafts often become infected or suffer from resoφtion.
The process of bone repair and regeneration resembles the process of wound healing in other tissues. A typical sequence of events includes; hemorrhage; clot formation; dissolution of the clot with concurrent removal of damaged tissues; ingrowth of granulation tissue; formation of cartilage; capillary ingrowth and cartilage turnover; rapid bone formation (callus tissue); and, finally, remodeling of the callus into cortical and trabecular bone. Therefore, bone repair is a complex process that involves many cell types and regulatory molecules. The diverse cell populations involved in fracture repair include stem cells, macrophages, fibroblasts, vascular cells, osteoblasts, chondroblasts, and osteoclasts. Regulatory factors involved in bone repair are known to include systemic hormones, cytokines, growth factors, and other molecules that regulate growth and differentiation. Various osteoinductive agents have been purified and shown to be polypeptide growth-factor-like molecules. These stimulatory factors include BMPs
(also termed OPs), which are part ofthe TGF-β superfamily.
Examples of suitable osteogenic growth factors include TGF-βl, TGF-β2, TGF-β2, and even TGF-α; GMCSF; EGF; PDGF; IGF-I and IGF-II; LIF; and BMPs and OPs, as exemplified by those in U.S. Patents 4,877,864; 4,968,590; 5,011,691 5,013,649; 5,106,748; 5,108,753; 5,108,922; 5,116,738; 5,141,905; 5,166,058 5,182,365; 5,187,076; 5,250,30; 5,258,494; 5,266,683; 5,324,819; 5,344,654 5,354,557; 5,366,875; 5,399,677; 5,459,047; 5,543,394; 5,618,924; 5,631,142 5,635,372; 5,635,373; 5,637,480; 5,639,638; 5,652,118; 5,652,337; 5,656,593 5,658,882; 5,661,007; 5,674,844; 5,688,678; 5,670,336; 5,700,774; 5,700,911; and 5,703,043; each incoφorated herein by reference.
Other growth factors or hormones that have been reported to have the capacity to stimulate new bone formation include acidic fibroblast growth factor (Jingushi et al, 1990); estrogen (Boden et al, 1989); macrophage colony stimulating factor
(Horowitz et al, 1989); and calcium regulatory agents such as PTH (Raisz & Kream,
1983).
The defined DNA-matrices of the present invention are particularly useful for transferring nucleic acids into wounded tissues, such as bone cells and tissues undergoing repair and regeneration. The use of the invention in transferring nucleic acids into bone progenitor cells or tissues is particularly advantageous. Certain methods of the invention comprise contacting bone progenitor cells, preferably within a bone progenitor tissue site of an animal, with a matrix-nucleic acid composition in order to effect, or promote, nucleic acid transfer into bone progenitor cells in vivo. As used herein, the term "bone progenitor cells" refers to any or all of those cells that have the capacity to ultimately form, or contribute to the formation of, new bone tissue. This includes various cells in different stages of differentiation, such as, for example, stem cells, macrophages, fibroblasts, vascular cells, osteoblasts, chondroblasts, osteoclasts, and the like. Gene transfer into granulation tissue fibroblasts is particularly preferred as this is relevant to a variety of wound healing processes, not just to bone progenitor cells.
Bone progenitor cells also include cells that have been isolated and manipulated in vitro, e.g., subjected to stimulation with agents such as cytokines or growth factors or even genetically engineered cells. The particular type or types of bone progenitor cells that are stimulated using the methods and compositions of the invention are not important, so long as the cells are stimulated in such a way that they are activated and, in the context of in vivo embodiments, ultimately give rise to new bone tissue.
The term "bone progenitor cell" is also used to particularly refer to those cells that are located within, are in contact with, or migrate towards (i.e., "home to"), bone progenitor tissue and which cells directly or indirectly stimulate the formation of mature bone. As such, the progenitor cells may be cells that ultimately differentiate into mature bone cells themselves, i.e., cells that "directly" form new bone tissue. Cells that, upon stimulation, attract further progenitor cells or promote nearby cells to differentiate into bone-forming cells (e.g., into osteoblasts, osteocytes and/or osteoclasts) are also considered to be progenitor cells in the context of this disclosure - as their stimulation "indirectly" leads to bone repair or regeneration. Cells affecting bone formation indirectly may do so by the elaboration of various growth factors or cytokines, or by their physical interaction with other cell types. Although of scientific interest, the direct or indirect mechanisms by which progenitor cells stimulate bone or wound repair is not a consideration in practicing this invention.
Bone progenitor cells and bone progenitor tissues may be cells and tissues that, in their natural environment, arrive at an area of active bone growth, repair or regeneration (also referred to as a wound repair site). In terms of bone progenitor cells, these may also be cells that are attracted or recruited to such an area. These may be cells that are present within an artificially-created osteotomy site in an animal model, such as those disclosed herein.
Bone progenitor cells may also be isolated from animal or human tissues and maintained in an in vitro environment. Suitable areas of the body from which to obtain bone progenitor cells are areas such as the bone tissue and fluid surrounding a fracture or other skeletal defect (whether or not this is an artificially created site), or indeed, from the bone marrow. Isolated cells may be stimulated using the methods and compositions disclosed herein and, if desired, be returned to an appropriate site in an animal where bone repair is to be stimulated. In such cases, the nucleic-acid containing cells would themselves be a form of therapeutic agent. Such ex vivo protocols are well known to those of skill in the art.
In important embodiments of the invention, the bone progenitor cells and tissues will be those cells and tissues that arrive at the area of bone fracture or damage that one desires to treat. Accordingly, in treatment embodiments, there is no difficulty associated with the identification of suitable target progenitor cells to which the present therapeutic compositions should be applied. All that is required in such cases is to obtain an appropriate stimulatory composition, as disclosed herein, and contact the site of the bone fracture or defect with the composition. The nature of this biological environment is such that the appropriate cells will become activated in the absence of any further targeting or cellular identification by the practitioner. Certain methods of the invention involve, generally, contacting bone progenitor cells with a matrix composition comprising one or more osteogenic genes (with or without additional genes, proteins or other biomolecules) so as to promote expression of said gene in said cells. As outlined above, the cells may be contacted in vitro or in vivo. The inventors suφrisingly found that there are no particular molecular biological modifications that need to be performed on the DNA in order to promote effective expression of the gene in progenitor cells. Contacting the cells with matrix- associated DNA, e.g., a linear DNA molecule, or DNA in the form of a plasmid or other recombinant vector, that contains the gene of interest under the control of a promoter, along with the appropriate termination signals, is sufficient to result in uptake and expression ofthe DNA, with no further steps necessary.
In preferred embodiments, the process of contacting the progenitor cells with the osteogenic gene-matrix composition is conducted in vivo. Again, a direct consequence of this process is that the cells take up and express the gene and that they, without additional steps, function to stimulate bone tissue growth, repair or regeneration.
An assay of an osteoinductive gene may be conducted using the bone induction bioassay of Sampath & Reddi (1981; incoφorated herein by reference). This is a rat bone formation assay that is routinely used to evaluate the osteogenic activity of bone inductive factors. However, for analyzing the effects of osteogenic genes on bone growth, one is generally directed to use the novel osteotomy model disclosed herein.
In treating humans and animals, progress may be monitored by periodic assessment of bone growth and/or repair, e.g., using x-rays. The therapeutic methods and compositions of the invention are contemplated for use in both medical and veterinary applications, due to the lack of species specificity in bone inductive factors. In particular, it is contemplated that domestic, farm and zoological animals, as well as thoroughbred horses, would be treatable using the nucleic acid transfer protocols disclosed herein.
The present methods and compositions may also have prophylactic uses in closed and open fracture reduction and also in the improved fixation of artificial joints. The invention is applicable to stimulating bone repair in congenital, trauma- induced, or oncologic resection-induced defects, and is even useful in cosmetic plastic surgery.
Important uses of the invention are in the stimulation of bone repair in craniofacial defects resulting from congenital conditions, trauma or oncologic resection, and in the treatment of periodontal disease and other tooth repair processes. Use of the present invention in connection with localized PDGF delivery may be preferred for tissue regeneration connected with periodontal disease (Giannobile, 1996).
A further aspect of the present invention is its use in connection with orthopaedic implants and interfaces and artificial joints, including implants themselves and functional parts of an implant, such as, e.g., surgical screws, pins, and the like. The metal surface or surfaces of an implant or a portion thereof, such as a titanium surface, can be coated with a material that has an affinity for nucleic acids, most preferably, with hydroxyl apatite, and then the coated-metal will be further coated with the gene or nucleic acid that one wishes to transfer. The available chemical groups of the absoφtive material, such as hydroxyl apatite, may be readily manipulated to control its affinity for nucleic acids, as is known to those of skill in the art.
The following examples are included to demonstrate preferred embodiments of the invention. It will be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples that follow represent techniques discovered by the inventors to function well in the practice of the invention, and thus can be considered to constitute preferred modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art will, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments that are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope ofthe invention.
EXAMPLE I
ANIMAL MODEL OF WOUND REPAIR
IN TERMS OF NEW BONE FORMATION To study the effects of nucleic acid transfer on wound repair in terms of new bone formation, one of the inventors developed the following animal model osteotomy system. The rat osteotomy model protocol is generally completed in 25-35 minutes. The osteotomy is generally performed on one femur per animal. Right to left differences have not been apparent, but such differences are monitored in these studies, since the limb receiving the osteotomy is randomized.
After pre-operative preparation (i.e. shaving and betadine scrub), adult male Sprague Dawley rats (-500 gm, retired male breeders) are anesthetized using a 3% halothane 97% oxygen mixture (700 ml/min. flow rate). A lateral approach to the femur is made on one limb. Utilizing specially designed surgical guides, four 1.2mm diameter pins are screwed into the diaphysis after pre-drilling with a high speed precision bit. A surgical template ensures precise and parallel placement ofthe pins.
The order of pin placement should generally be the same: outer proximal first and then outer distal, inner proximal and inner distal (with "outer" and "inner" referring to the distance from the hip joint). Pin placement in the center of the femur is ensured by fluoroscopic imaging during pin placement. The external fixator is secured on the pins and a 5 mm or 2 mm segmental defect is created in the central diaphysis through an incision using a Hall Micro 100 Oscillating saw (#5053-60 Hall surgical blades) under constant irrigation. Other than the size ofthe segmental defect, there is no difference between the 5 mm and 2 mm osteotomy protocols. Various implant materials may be used for transferring genes into the site of wound healing, bone repair and/or regeneration in vivo. Certain preferred matrices are described herein in Example XI through Example XIX. Such materials are soaked in, or fabricated with, a solution containing the DNA or gene that is to be transferred to the bone regrowth site.
Prior to placement in osteotomy sites, implant materials are soaked in solutions of DNA (or virus) under sterile conditions. The soaking is for any appropriate and convenient period, e.g., from 5-6 minutes to over-night. The DNA (e.g., plasmid) solution is a sterile aqueous solution, such as sterile water or an acceptable buffer, with the concentration generally being about 0.5 - 1.0 mg/ml. Exemplary plasmids are those such as pGL2 (Promega), pSV40b-gal, pAd.CMVlacZ, and pLJ.
The contents of the osteotomy site are irrigated with sterile saline and the implant material or matrix, previously soaked in a solution of plasmid DNA or other DNA construct, if appropriate, is placed in situ. The wound is then closed in layers. Since the fixator provides the necessary stability no limitations on animal ambulation exist, and other supports are not required. The surgical protocol has been successfully performed on numerous animals to date. None of these animals have died and no significant adverse effects have been observed, other than complications that might be associated with surgical fracture repair. Minor complications that were experienced include 1 animal that developed a post-operative osteomyelitis and 1 animal in which 2/4 pins loosened as a consequence of bone fracture.
The rate of new bone formation is analyzed as follows. At necropsy the osteotomy site is carefully dissected for histomoφhometric analysis. The A-P and M-
L dimensions of the callus tissue are measured using calipers. Specimens are then immersion fixed in Bouins fixative, washed in ethanol, and demineralized in buffered formic acid. Plastic embedding of decalcified materials is used because of the superior dimensional stability of methacrylate during sample preparation and sectioning.
Tissue blocks are dehydrated in increasing alcohol concentrations and embedded. 5 mm thick sections are cut in the coronal plane using a Reichert Polycut microtome. Sections are prepared from midway through the width of the marrow cavity to guard against a sampling bias. Sections for light microscopy are stained using a modified Goldner's trichrome stain, to differentiate bone, osteoid, cartilage, and fibrous tissue. Sections are cover-slipped using Eukitt's mounting medium (Calibrated Instruments, Ardsley, NY). Histomoφhometric analyses are performed under brightfield using a Nikon Optiphot Research microscope. Standard point count stereology techniques using a 10 mm x 10 mm eyepiece grid reticular are used.
Total callus area is measured at 125X magnification as an index of the overall intensity of the healing reaction. Area fractions of bone, cartilage, and fibrous tissue are measured at 250 X magnification to examine the relative contribution of each tissue to callus formation. Since the dimensions of the osteotomy gap reflect the baseline (time 0), a measurement of bone area at subsequent time intervals is used to indicate the rate of bone infill. Statistical significance is assessed using analysis of variance, with post-hoc comparisons between groups conducted using Tukey's studentized range t test.
EXAMPLE II MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF NEW BONE FORMATION The mechanical properties of new bone formed during gene transfer are measured using, e.g., whole bone torsion tests that create a stress state in which the maximum tensile stresses occur on planes that lie obliquely to the bone's longitudinal axis. Such tests may provide important inferences about the mechanical anisotropy of callus tissue and the degree of osseous integration of new bone tissue. These tests are particularly advantageous in the evaluation of fracture specimens, e.g., the irregular shape of callus tissue typically precludes the use of whole bone 4-point bending tests because it is difficult to reproducibly align the points from specimen to specimen.
Femurs are tested on an MTS Servohydraulic Testing Machine while moist and at room temperature. A torque sensor and rotary variable displacement transducer provides data for torque-angular displacement curves. Specially designed fixtures support each bone near the metaphyseal-diaphyseal junctions, and apply a 2-point load to the diaphysis. Tests are conducted at a constant rate of displacement equal to 20 degrees/sec. A 250 inch-ounce load cell measures the total applied force. All bones are tested while moist and room temperature. Torque and angular displacement data are acquired using an analog-to-digital converter and a Macintosh computer and software. From this data, the following variables are calculated: a) maximum torque, b) torsional stiffness, the slope ofthe pre-yield portion ofthe curve determined from a linear regression of the data, c) energy to failure, the area under the torque-angular displacement curve to the point of failure, and d) the angular displacement ratio, the ratio of displacement at failure to displacement at yield. Statistical significance is determined Analysis of Variance followed by multiple comparisons with appropriate corrections (e.g., Bonferroni).
This invention also provides a means of using osteogenic gene transfer in connection with reconstructive surgery and various bone remodeling procedures. The techniques described herein may thus be employed in connection with the technology described by Yasko et al, (1992), Chen et al, (1991) and Beck et al (1991), each incoφorated herein by reference.
EXAMPLE III GENE CONSTRUCTS
Numerous genes, preferably mammalian or human genes, may be used as wound-healing or osteogenic genes for use in the matrix-gene transfer technology of the present invention. U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, is incoφorated herein by reference for purposes including incoφorating the text concerning the preparation and use of the active fragment of the human parathyroid hormone gene (hPTHl-34), expression vectors containing the hPTHl-34 gene and the use ofthe hPTHl-34 gene in gene transfer to promote wound-healing, as exemplified by new bone formation. Hendy et al. (1981) is also incoφorated herein by reference for puφoses including describing the DNA and amino acid sequences of hPTH 1-34.
U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780 is also incoφorated herein by reference for purposes including incoφorating the text concerning the preparation and use of the mouse bone moφhogenetic protein-4 (BMP-4) gene, expression vectors containing the BMP-4 gene and the use of the BMP-4 gene in gene transfer to promote wound- healing, as exemplified by new bone formation. The amino acid sequence encoded by the mouse BMP-4 transgene, including the tag, is represented by SEQ ID NO:l in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, incoφorated herein by reference for piuposes including the incoφoration of the referenced sequence. The human sequence for BMP-4 is well known to those of skill in the art and has been deposited in Genbank.
Placement of the HA epitope at the extreme carboxy terminus does not interfere with the function of the recombinant molecule sequence in vitro or in vivo. The advantage of the epitope is for utilization in immunohistochemical methods to specifically identify the recombinant mouse BMP-4 molecule in osteotomy tissues in vivo, e.g., the epitope can be identified using a commercially available monoclonal antibody (Boehringer-Mannheim).
Each of U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994; U.S.
Application Serial No. 08/08/316,650, filed September 30, 1994; and U.S. Application Serial No. Serial No. 08/479,722, filed June 07, 1995; are also incoφorated herein by reference for the puφoses of describing the preparation and use of further isolated novel fibrillin-like genes, particularly latent LTBP-2 and LTBP-3. For LTBP-2, the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l and the deduced amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 from U.S. Application Serial No. Serial No.
08/479,722 are specifically incoφorated herein by reference. For LTBP-3, the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 and the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 from U.S. Application Serial No. 08/316,650 are specifically incoφorated herein by reference, as are the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 and the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:4 from U.S. Application Serial No. Serial No. 08/479,722.
The LTBP-3 protein in particular includes a signal peptide, and five structurally distinct regions (Region 1- Region 5), as described in U.S. Application Serial No. Serial No. 08/479,722, incoφorated herein by reference.
U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919, filed November 20, 1996, is also incoφorated herein by reference in entirety for puφoses including describing the preparation and use of further isolated novel genes, particularly activins/inhibins, such as liver activins. U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919 is particularly incoφorated for its teachings concerning vertebrate activins expressed in the liver. Activin βc and βE subunit genes and proteins, and domains and fragments thereof, are described; as are other members of the liver activin subgroup; liver activin genomic regulatory elements that regulate the expression of liver activins; antisense sequences and ribozymes; host cell expression systems, including hepatocytes; liver activin proteins, fusion (chimeric) proteins, polypeptides and peptides; antibodies to liver activin proteins; diagnostic detection methods; transgenic animals that express a liver activin; recombinant knock-out animals that do not express liver activin(s); antagonists and agonists of the liver activins; methods of modulating liver activin gene expression activity to regulate cell growth and/or differentiation and to treat abnormalities related thereto, including intracoφoreal and extracoφoreal liver tissue growth and regeneration; and methods of promoting hematopoiesis, local and systemic bone growth and regeneration; and compounds that effect all such modulatory, growth and/or regenerative processes. In particular, the nucleotide sequence of FIG. 1 of U.S. Application Serial No.
08/752,919 is specifically incoφorated herein by reference, as is the amino acid sequence of the encoded protein, as shown in FIG. 2 of U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919.
U.S. Application Serial No. 08/752,919 is particularly incoφorated by reference for the purposes of describing activin gene compositions and activin gene- matrix compositions, and methods of using such compositions in the regulation of cell growth and/or differentiation including, but not limited to, stimulating liver regeneration, bone growth and hematopoiesis.
EXAMPLE IV DETECTION FOLLOWING TRANSGENE EXPRESSION Suitable techniques for the detection of mRNA in tissue obtained from the site of wound healing, e.g., the site of bone regeneration, are known to those of skill in the art. Such techniques are also detailed in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, incoφorated herein by reference for piuposes including describing suitable mRNA detection techniques. Northern analyses may also be employed.
mRNA detection techniques are useful for detecting expression of the transgene mRNA itself, and also in detecting the expression of hormones, growth factor receptors and other molecules in the tissues. For example, in order for a parathyroid hormone (PTH) transgene to function as an osteogenic agent, it is likely that there is a requirement for the PTH/PTHrP receptor to be expressed in the bone repair tissue itself. The presence of PTH/PTHrP receptor expression in osteotomy repair tissue has been demonstrated in the rat osteotomy model (U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, incoφorated herein by reference for this purpose). Proteins expressed from the transgenes may also be detected immunohistochemically and by substrate utilization assays. U.S. Application Serial
No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, is also incoφorated herein by reference for the piupose of describing suitable immunohistochemical and substrate utilization assays. Commercially available radioimmunoassay kits are also suitable for use in such protocols, and may detect the protein product of the transgene itself, or an epitope specifically added for the purposes of immunohistochemical detection (e.g., using a specific antibody that recognizes the HA epitope, Majmudar et al, 1991).
EXAMPLE V
GENE-MATRIX TRANSFER INTO REGENERATING BONE EX VIVO
Although the present inventors have already demonstrated the success of direct gene transfer into regenerating bone in vivo (Examples VI through VIII), the use of ex vivo treatment protocols is also contemplated. In such embodiments, bone progenitor cells are isolated from a particular animal or human subject and maintained in an in vitro environment. Suitable areas of the body from which to obtain bone progenitor cells are areas such as the bone tissue and fluid surrounding a fracture or other skeletal defect (whether or not this is an artificially created site) and from the bone marrow. Isolated cells are then contacted with the DNA or recombinant viral composition, with or without a matrix, allowing the cells to take up the DNA (or be infected by the recombinant virus). The stimulated cells are then returned to the site in the animal or patient where bone repair is to be stimulated.
EXAMPLE VI GENE-MATRIX TRANSFER INTO REGENERATING BONE IN VIVO
Direct gene transfer into regenerating bone in vivo was demonstrated by marker gene transfer into cells in the rat osteotomy model using both β-galactosidase and luciferase.
Aliquots of a fibrous collagen implant material were soaked in solutions of pure marker gene DNA. The implant materials were then placed in the osteotomy site, and their expression determined. As shown in U.S. Application Serial No.
08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, incoφorated herein by reference for this purpose, both marker genes were successfully transferred and expressed, without any failures, as demonstrated by substrate utilization assays. Since mammalian cells do not normally synthesize either marker gene product, this provides direct evidence that osteotomy repair cells were transfected in vivo and then expressed the β-galactosidase and luciferase transgenes as a functional enzymes.
EXAMPLE VII VIRUS-GENE-MATRIX TRANSFER
INTO REGENERATING BONE IN VIVO
In vivo gene transfer into regenerating bone was also achieved using matrix- adenovirus-mediated transfer. Adenovirus constructs may be prepared as described by Stratford-Perricaudet et αl, 1992, and Davidson et α , 1993, each incoφorated herein by reference. Successful adenoviral gene transfer of marker gene constructs into bone repair cells was demonstrated in the rat osteotomy model, and fully described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994; U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996; and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997; each incoφorated herein by reference for this purpose.
CMVlαcZ is an example of a replication-defective adenoviral vector that can replicate in permissive cells (Stratford-Perricaudet et αl., 1992). In the vector employed, the early enhancer/promoter of the cytomegalovirus (CMV) is used to drive transcription of lαcL with an SV40 polyadenylation sequence cloned downstream from the reporter gene (Davidson et α , 1993). pAd.RSV4 has essentially the same backbone as pAdCMVlαcZ, however the CMV promoter and the single Bglϊl cloning site has been replaced in a cassette-like fashion with a BgM fragment that consists of an RSV promoter, a multiple cloning site, and a poly(A+) site. The greater flexibility of this vector is contemplated to be useful in subcloning osteogenic genes, such as the hPTHl-34 cDNA fragment, for use in further studies. An Ultra Fiber ™ implant was soaked for 6 minutes in a solution of AdCMV lacL virus (1010-10u plaque forming units or PFU/ml) and then implanted into an osteotomy site. The defect was allowed to heal for 3 weeks, during which time the progress of the wound healing and bone regeneration responses were monitored by weekly radiographic examination.
By three weeks, it was estimated that 40% of the defect was filled with callus tissue. The mammalian host was sacrificed and tissues were fixed in Bouins fixation and then demineralized for 7 days using standard formic acid solutions. The results obtained conclusively demonstrated expression of the marker gene product in chondrocyte-like cells of the osteotomy gap. The nuclear-targeted signal has also been observed in pre-osteoblasts.
U.S. Application Serial No. 08/662,341, filed June 12, 1996, and PCT
Application Serial No. PCT/US97/10079, filed June 11, 1997, are also each specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the purposes of describing the preparation and use of coated medical devices as part of a gene transfer protocol for DNA delivery to bone repair cells. The devices described can be effectively used with the aspects of this invention that concern gene delivery to bone cells and tissues.
EXAMPLE VIII OSTEOGENIC GENE-MATRIX TRANSFER STIMULATES BONE REGENERATION
Matrix-mediated gene transfer has also been employed to create transfected cells that constitutively express recombinant hPTHl-34 in vivo and to stimulate bone formation (fully described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/199,780, filed February 18, 1994, incoφorated herein by reference for this piupose). In the 5 mm rat osteotomy model described above, it was found that PTH transgene expression stimulates bone regeneration/repair in live animals. This is a particularly important finding as it is known that hPTHl-34 is a more powerful anabolic agent when given intermittently as opposed to continuously, and it is the continuous-type delivery that results from the gene transfer methods used here.
EXAMPLE IX GENE-MATRIX TRANSFER TO SOFT TISSUES IN VIVO
As described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996, and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997, each incoφorated herein by reference for this purpose, there is a clinical need to stimulate scar formation during the repair of soft tissues in order to enhance the mechanical competence ofthe injured tissue.
A model system has been developed in which incisions in adult rat skeletal muscle are made and a suture preparation coated with a preparation of sustained release PLGA particles and plasmid DNA is used as a skeletal muscle gene delivery device. To demonstrate the feasibility of such DNA-coating compositions and methods, a surgical suture was coated with marker DNA encoding human placental alkaline phosphatase and used to suture rat muscle tissue. The study demonstrates successful transfer and expression of DNA in the tissue repaired with the coated suture.
0.2 mL of a solution containing marker DNA encoding human placental alkaline phosphatase (1 mg DNA, 0.5 mM Tris-EDTA, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.3) was added to 1.5 ml of a PLGA/chloroform solution (3% (w/v) 50/50 polylactic polyglycolic acid PLGA co-polymer, average MW 90,000, inherent viscosity 1.07). The solution was emulsified by vortexing for 2 minutes followed by sonicating for 30 sec at about 0°C using a microtip probe-type sonicator at 55 Watts output. This process yielded an emulsion that looked very milky. A hole was pierced in a piece of Teflon-coated foil (Norton Performance
Plastic Coφ., Akron, OH) using a 22-gauge needle. On the hole was placed a drop
(about 60 μL) of the DNA-PLGA emulsion. A 70 cm length of 3-0 chromic suture
(Ethicon) was drawn through the hole to coat the suture. As the suture passed through the hole it became coated with a thin (ca. 30 μm-thick), umform coating of the coating composition. The suture was allowed to air dry for about 3 minutes, and the coating process repeated 15 times, allowing each coat to air dry. The coated suture was examined by electron microscopy (150X) and the suture was found to be coated with a uniform coating of DNA-PLGA. The coating remained intact even after passing the suture through tissue multiple times.
The suture prepared above was sewn into the skeletal muscle tissue of two normal adult rats with satisfactory surgical results. The suture exhibited good tie- down properties. One week later, muscle plus suture was dissected, snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and ground into a powder. The powder was incubated in 200 μl lysis buffer, exposed to three freeze-thaw cycles and clarified. The clear liquid was assayed for alkaline phosphatase activity using standard methods after incubation at 65°C.
The results indicated that rat skeletal muscle sewn with coated sutures and retrieved after one week exhibited alkaline phosphatase activity, signifying that the marker alkaline phosphatase gene was expressed in the muscle tissue. Control retrievals showed no significant alkaline phosphatase activity. These data demonstrate that emulsions can be used to effectively coat sutures and deliver genes to proliferating repair cells in vivo.
Each of U.S. Application Serial No. 08/662,341, filed June 12, 1996, and PCT
Application Serial No. PCT/US97/10079, filed June 11, 1997, are specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the purposes of describing the preparation and use of coated medical devices. Such devices can be used to advantage in combination with the present invention to facilitate repair of soft tissues, e.g., after injury.
EXAMPLE X GENE-MATRIX TRANSFER TO BLOOD VESSELS IN VIVO
As also described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/631,334, filed April 12, 1996, and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/07301, filed April 11, 1997, each incoφorated herein by reference for this piupose, there is a clinical need to prevent excessive fibrosis (restenosis), as may occur during blood vessel repair following angioplasty. This can be accomplished by the delivery of genes that encode lysyl oxidase inhibitors, or by transfer of genes that encode certain TGF-βs. There is, in addition, a clinical need to regulate angiogenesis, e.g., in vascular insufficiency disorders, where the goal is to stimulate new vessel formation in order to prevent tissue hypoxia and cell death.
A model system has been developed in which repair cells in large blood vessels in certain rabbits are transfected with a preparation of sustained release PLGA nanoparticles and plasmid DNA. Repair cells are present because the blood vessels in the chosen rabbits harbor a foam cell lesion that mimics clinical atherosclerosis in humans. The present example demonstrates the ability to deliver and express gene constructs into large blood vessel repair cells.
New Zealand white rabbits of either sex, weighing 3.1 to 3.5kg, were used. Rabbits were anesthetized using Ketamine (35/mg/Kg) and Xylazine (5mg/kg) given intramuscularly, and maintenance anesthesia was achieved with intravenous ketamine (8mg/kg) administered via a marginal vein. Approximately 2cm segments of both iliac arteries between the descending aortic bifurcation and inguinal ligament were isolated, tied off proximally, and all small branches of this arterial segments were ligated. Local thrombi were prevented by the ear-marginal vein administration of heparin (100 mg). A balloon angioplasty catheter (2.0 mm balloon) was introduced via an iliac arteriotomy into iliac arteric segments and balloon was dilated for
1 minute at 8 arm pressure.
Following balloon dilatation, the angioplasty catheter was removed, 20 mg of heparin was injected intra-arterially to prevent distal thrombosis. Both ends of iliac artery were tightened with 10.0 silk, and a 5 mg/ml DNA-PLGA nanoparticle suspension was infused in each iliac artery over 3 minutes at 0.5 atm. The wound was sutured. Rabbits were sacrificed 2 wk after the balloon angioplasty and nanoparticle delivery. Through a vertical lower abdominal incision, both iliac arteries were isolated. A 2 cm segment of iliac artery was excised bilaterally. Carotid arteries from rabbit was taken as a control sample. The tissue was preserved in liquid nitrogen for alkaline phosphatase assay.
The results of the phosphatase expression assays indicate that a nanoparticle plus DNA formulation was capable of delivering nucleic acids to repair cells in the iliac arteries of adult rabbits injured with a balloon catheter. Both the right and left iliac arteries were positive for phosphatase activity after exposure to nanoparticle matrix- DNA formulations. No phosphatase activity was detected in the control aorta. These positive results indicate that, upon exposure to a gene activated matrix, repair cells in large blood vessels take up and express nucleic acid molecules.
U.S. Application Serial No. 08/662,341, filed June 12, 1996, and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US97/10079, filed June 11, 1997, are also each specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the purposes of describing the preparation and use of coated medical devices for therapeutic intervention connected with blood vessels. Such devices can be advantageously used with those aspects of the present invention that concern gene delivery to blood vessels. EXAMPLE XI
CONTROLLED PORE MATRIX PREPARATION
A. Materials and Methods 1. Matrix Processing U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/042,198, filed March 31, 1997, and
PCT Application No. PCT/US98/06188 (WO 98/44027), filed March 31, 1998 and designating the U.S., are each specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the piupose of even more fully describing controlled and open pore matrix preparation. In the following examples, all temperatures are set forth uncorrected in degrees Celsius and unless otherwise indicated. All parts and percentages are by weight.
Pellets of an 85:15 copolymer of D,L-lactide and glycolide (PLGA) were purchased from Boehringer Ingelheim (Henley, Montvale, NJ), and utilized to fabricate polymer matrices. The intrinsic viscosity of the polymer was about 1.3-1.7.
Polymer pellets were ground using a Tekmar grinder (Bel-Art Products, Pequannock, NJ), and sieved to obtain particles ranging from 106 to 250 μm. In certain studies the polymer particles were mixed with sodium chloride particles (Mallinckrodt, Paris, KY). The salt particles were sieved to yield a range of sizes, and the weight ratio of NaCkPLGA masses ranged from 0 to 50. In all cases, the total mass of PLGA and NaCl was held constant at 0.8 g.
The mixtures of PLGA and NaCl were loaded into a KBr die (1.35 cm in diameter; Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI), and compressed at 1500 psi for 1 min using a Carver Laboratory Press (Fred S. Carver, Inc., Menominee Falls, WI) to yield solid discs (thickness = 3.4 mm). The samples were then exposed to high pressure CO2 gas (800 psi) for 48 h to saturate the polymer with gas. A thermodynamic instability was then created by decreasing the gas pressure to ambient pressure. This led to the nucleation and growth of CO2 pores within the polymer matrices. The NaCl particles were subsequently removed from the matrices by leaching the matrices in ddH20 for 48 h. All processing steps were performed at ambient temperature.
Porous sponges were also fabricated using a previously described solvent casting-particulate leaching technique (Mikos et al, 1994; incoφorated herein by reference). In this process, PLGA was dissolved in chloroform (Mallinckrodt; Paris, KY) to yield a solution of 10% (w:v), and 0.12 ml of this solution was loaded into Teflon cylinders (diameter 0.5 cm, Cole Parmer) packed with 0.4 g of sodium chloride particles sieved to a size between 250 and 500 mm. Following solvent evaporation, polymer films with entrapped salt particles (3 mm thick) were carefully removed from the molds. The salt was removed by immersing films in distilled water for 48 h.
2. Characterization
The porosity of samples was initially determined by gross measurements and weights after processing using the following equation:
Eqn. 1 : porosity(%) = l-[(weight/volume)/(density of polymer)] x 100
The samples were imaged using a scanning electron microscope (ISI-DS 130, Topcon Technologies, Pleasanton, CA). The samples were gold coated using a
Sputter Coater (Desk II, Denton Vacuum, Cherry Hill, NJ), and the microscope was operated at 10 kV to image the samples. Polaroid 55 film was used for the photomicrographs.
Compression and tensile testing were performed on an MTS Bionix 100
(Sintech, Research Triangle Park, NC). Samples were cut into 1 x 1 cm squares for compression testing. For tensile testing, the samples (1 x 1 cm) were attached to cardboard using epoxy glue. A 7 mm slot was cut into the center of the card board and the sample was centered, then glued to standardize the gage length. Compression and tensile tests were performed with a constant strain rate (1 mm min). The moduli were determined from the slopes in the elastic portion ofthe stress-strain diagram. Thermogravimetric analysis was utilized to determine the amount of salt residue that remained in the sponge after leaching. Matrices were heated from 150°C to 300°C at a constant rate of 10°C/min, and the residual mass was monitored.
B. Results
1. Integrity, Porosity and Pore Structure of Foamed Matrices
Gas foaming of solid polymer discs alone led to the formation of highly porous matrices. However, these matrices had a non-porous skin on the external surfaces and the pores were largely closed, as the inventors had contemplated from their previous studies (Mooney et al, 1996; incoφorated herein by reference). In contrast, gas-foaming and subsequent leaching of discs containing a high percentage
(95 %) of large (250 < d < 425 μm) NaCl particles, according to the invention, led to the formation of highly porous, open pore matrices with no evidence of an external, non-porous skin.
The pore structure observed in cross-sections of the matrices of the present invention was similar to that observed in cross-sections of matrices formed with a solvent-casting/particulate leaching (SC/PL) technique. However, the pore structure of matrices formed from the SC/PL process is often not uniform throughout the matrix due to evaporation of the organic solvent and subsequent increase in the polymer concentration of the remaining solution entrapped within the salt bed. For example, the surface of the SC/PL matrices that is adjacent to the glass coverslip during processing is typically less porous than the remainder of the matrix. In contrast, the pore structure of gas foamed-particulate leached (GF/PL) matrices of the present invention was uniform throughout the matrix and on the exterior surfaces.
TGA analysis of the matrices of the present invention indicated that negligible amounts of NaCl remained after leaching. There was a trace of a white residue left in the dish. To confirm that the gas foaming was responsible for the formation of stable matrices, control samples were compression molded, but not foamed. Leaching of the
NaCl from these matrices led to complete breakdown ofthe matrices.
2. The Effects of NaChPLGA Ratio Variation on Porosity and Pore Structure
The ratio of NaChPLGA and the size of NaCl particles in GF/PL matrices were next varied to determine the range of porosity and pore structure that could be obtained with this process (Table 1). The gross porosity of these matrices increased from 85.1% x 2.3 to 96.5 % x 0.5 as the ratio of NaChPLGA was similarly increased. At constant NaCl (95%), the increase in salt particle diameter had very little effect on the overall porosity. However, as the salt diameter was increased, the pore size increased in parallel.
TABLE 1
Gross Porosity of Sponges
NaCl Concentration Diameteτ(μm)
(%) 106-250 250-425 >425 go — 85.1 ± 2.3 —
90 87.3 ± 1.9 91.5 ± 1.4 —
95 93.9 ± 0.9 94.6 ± 0.9 95.0 ± 0.8
97 — 96.5 ± 0.5 —
3. Matrix Stability
The stability of the matrices was next assessed using compressive and tensile mechanical tests. In general, the GF/PL matrices exiiibited improved mechanical properties as compared to the SC/PL matrices. The average compression moduli were 159 x 130 kPa and 289 x 25 kPa for the SC PL and GF/PL matrices, respectively. The average tensile moduli were 334 ± 52 kPa for the SC PL matrices and 1100 ± 236 kPa for the GF/PL matrices (Table 2). This data represents a 80% increase in compression strength and a 300% increase in tensile strength. TABLE 2 Mechanical Properties
Tensile Test Method Compressive Modulus (kPa) Modulus (kPa) Elongation @ break (%)
Solvent/leach 159 ± 130 334 ± 52 17.5 ± 1.9
Foam/leach 289 ± 25 1100 ± 236 12.0 ± 1.3
EXAMPLE XH
TISSUE DEVELOPMENT ON CONTROLLED PORE MATRICES
A. Materials and Methods 1. Cell Studies
The smooth muscle cells (SMC) used in these studies were isolated and cultured using a modification of he techniques described in Rotliman et al (1992; incoφorated herein by reference). In brief, the cells were isolated from aortas of 00-
350 g adult male Lewis rats (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, MA) using an enzymatic dissociation. After fat, adventitia, and connective tissue surrounding the arteries were removed by blunt dissection, the SM tissue was cut into multiple small pieces and placed into a spinner flask containing an enzymatic dissociation buffer at
37°C. This buffer contains 0.125 mg/rnL elastase (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis,
MO, USA), 1.0 mg/mL collagenase (CLS type I, 204 units/mg, Worthington
Biochemical Coφ., Freehold, NJ, USA), 0.250 mg mL soybean trypsin inhibitor (type
1-S, Sigma), and 2.0 mg mL crystallized bovine serum albumin (BSA, Gibco Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD).
After 90 minutes of incubation, the suspension was filtered through a 100 5 m
Nitex filter (Tetko, Inc., Briarcliff Manor, NY) and centrifuged at 200 g for 5 min.
The pellet was resuspended in Medium 199 (Sigma) supplemented with 20% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FBS, Gibco), 2 mM L-glutamine (Gibco), and 50 units/ L penicillin-streptomycin (Gibco). The cells were cultured on tissue culture plastic in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere with the medium (Medium 199, 10%(v/v) fetal bovine serum, 50 units/mL penicillin-streptomycin) changed every other day. Cells at passage 17 were used in these studies.
The matrices were seeded with SMCs by placing a 40 mL cell suspension containing 3.14 x 107 cells/mL on top of each matrix and allowing the cell suspension to absorb into the matrix. Matrices were contained in tissue culture dishes and incubated at 37°C for -36 h. Next, the polymer matrices were cultured for two weeks and placed in a spinner flask (100 mL, Bellco Glass, Inc., Vineland, N J, USA) stirred at 40 RPM.
The number of cells in the matrices was determined by measuring the DNA content in enzyme-digested triplicate samples using Hoechst 33258 dye and a fluorometer (Hoefer DyNA Quant 200, Pharmacia Biotech, Uppsala, Sweden). For scanning electron microscopic examination, samples were fixed in 1% glutaraldehyde and 0.1% formaldehyde for 30 min and 24 h, respectively, dehydrated in a graded series of ethanol/water solutions, dried, and then sputter-coated with gold. A scanning electron microscope (ISI-DS 130, Topcon Technologies) was operated at lO kV to image samples. Histological sections were prepared by fixing cell-polymer matrices (10% formalin), dehydrating, embedding, sectioning and staining with hematoxylin and eosin or VerhoefUs using standard techniques.
B. Results
1. Tissue Development As described in U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/042,198, filed
March 31, 1997, specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer, the ability of the GF/PL matrices to allow cell adhesion and tissue formation was demonstrated in in vitro studies. SMCs adhered to the GF/PL matrix and covered the available surface area following seeding. A significant increase in cell number was noted after 2 wk in culture. The average cell density was 1.71 x 107 cells/mL and 3.05 x 107 cells/mL at 0 and 2 wk, respectively. This is a 43.8% increase in cell density.
The cells filled the pores of the matrix and created a new three-dimensional tissue within the synthetic matrix. Most of the cell growth occurred around the periphery of the matrix in a relatively uniform manner, and a low cell concentration was observed in the center ofthe matrices at 2 wk. There was no observed change in the size and shape ofthe matrices over this time period.
EXAMPLE XIII
CONTROLLED PORE MATRICES CONTAINING DNA
Controlled, open pore matrices containing plasmid DNA can be fabricated by a one-step gas foaming/particulate leaching process, generally as described in Example XI. In this process, polymer particles and plasmid DNA are mixed with sodium chloride, compressed into a disc, and placed in a pressure vessel with a high pressure gas. Release of the pressure causes the polymer particles to expand. Collisions between adjacent polymer particles cause them to fuse, thereby producing an interconnected structural matrix. Pores are formed within the matrix by leaching out the salt and leaving a matrix with an open pore structure (Example XI).
Controlled, open pore matrices containing plasmid DNA can also be fabricated by a two-step gas foaming/particulate leaching process. The two-step process involves mixing the polymer with plasmid, compressing into a disc, and placing in a pressure vessel with high pressure gas. Release of the pressure produces an interconnected matrix; however, the polymer has a closed pore structure. If cellular invasion is not desired during use of the plasmid-containing matrix, the closed pore polymer can be used for sustained delivery. The second step of this two-step process involves grinding the initial matrix into small pieces, mixing them with salt, pressing into a disc, and placement in a pressure vessel. The matrix is then foamed and the salt removed via leaching. For use in Example XIV, 75:25 and 85:15 copolymers of D,L-lactide and glycolide (PLGor PLGA) (Henley, Montvale, NJ, USA) were utilized to fabricate matrices with a gas foaming/particulate leaching process (Example XI; Harris et al,
1998; incoφorated herein by reference). 75:25 PLG was purchased and used as a powder. The 85:15 PLG was purchased in pellet form and ground to a particle size ranging from 106 to 250 μm.
To incoφorate DNA, 40 mg PLG was mixed with an aqueous solution (pH 7.4) containing 5 mM Hepes, 10% mannitol and 1 mg plasmid DNA. Following vigorous mixing, samples were frozen with liquid nitrogen, and lyophilized. The remaining powder was mixed with NaCl and compression molded. The resulting disc was allowed to equilibrate within a high pressure CO2 environment. A rapid reduction in pressure causes the polymer particles to expand and fuse into an interconnected structure. NaCl was leached from the sponge by immersion in water. For scanning electron microscopic examination, samples were dried and sputter-coated with gold.
EXAMPLE XIV RELEASE OF DNA FROM CONTROLLED PORE MATRICES 1. Incorporation
Plasmid DNA was purified using Qiagen™ reagents (Qiagen Inc., Santa Clarita, CA, USA). The plasmid used in the release studies was the pNGVL-1 vector containing the gene for nuclear targeted β-galactosidase (nt β-gal).
Plasmid DNA encoding a nuclear targeted β-galactosidase (nt β-gal) was incoφorated directly into poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG) matrices processed into three-dimensional matrices using- a gas foaming process (Example XIII, Harris et al, 1998; incoφorated herein by reference). These matrices are highly porous (>90%) with an interconnected open pore structure, confirmed by mercury porosimetry (Harris et αZ., 1998). Matrices containing plasmid DNA were created from three different PLGA copolymers that have varying degradation rates (Wong and Mooney, 1997; incoφorated herein by reference). The mass of plasmid DNA incoφorated into matrices of 75:25 copolymer of lactide and glycolide (i.v. = 0.2), 85:15 copolymer (i.v. = 0.7), and 75:25 copolymer (i.v. = 0.7) was determined to be 400 ± 146 μg,
764 ± 77 μg, and 970 ± 61 μg respectively. The incoφoration efficiencies were
49 ± 6%, 54 ± 3%, and 60 ± 1% respectively. The incoφoration efficiency defined here is based on the amount of plasmid that remains in the matrix after the leach step.
In referring to the polymeric matrices, i.v. means intrinsic viscosity, which is a measure of the molecular weight of the polymer. It is understood to be easier for manufacturers to measure intrinsic viscosity than molecular weight, and so is often report instead of direct molecular weights.
2. Sustained Release
Release studies were performed by immersion of PLGA sponges in Tris-EDTA buffer at 37°C. Buffer was removed with replacement at various times. The concentration of DNA in the release buffer was assayed using Hoechst 33258 dye and a fluorometer (Hoefer DyNA™ Quant 200, Pharmacia Biotech, Uppsala, Sweden). Incoφoration efficiency was calculated as the ratio of the total mass released during the release study to the sum of the mass lost during the leach and release. The relative amounts of DNA in the different fractions (supercoiled, nicked) were quantified using NIH Image.
Studies showed that plasmid DNA was released from these polymer matrices over various sustained time frames. A sustained release of plasmid DNA was observed for all three PLG matrices, with times for total release of plasmid ranging from 10 days (75:25 i.v. = 0.2) to more than 30 days (75:25 i.v. = 0.7) (FIG. 1). In certain instances, DNA was released for up to 160 days. The structural integrity of the released plasmid was confirmed using gel electrophoresis of samples obtained at different times (1, 7, 28 days) of release. The released plasmid is structurally intact for all times of release. The percentage of DNA in the supercoiled conformation for unincoφorated plasmid (positive control DNA used as the starting material) and plasmid collected at 1, 7, and 28 days of release was
64%, 43 ± 6%, 16 ± 7%, and 0 ± 0% respectively, indicating a tendency toward the open conformation and potential nicking ofthe DNA with later times of release.
These results show that the release kinetics depend on the polymer properties and the processing conditions, although sustained release is observed for all polymers tested. The studies described in the following Examples utilized the 75:25 (i.v. = 0.2) PLG for plasmid incoφoration and delivery.
EXAMPLE XV CELL TRANSFECTION USING CONTROLLED PORE-DNA MATRICES
The transfection competence of plasmid incoφorated and released from matrices was assessed by calcium precipitation and in vitro transfection. 293T cells were transfected with the nt β-gal plasmid collected from the release study at 1, 7, 28 and even 70 days of release. The plasmid DNA was condensed and placed in the media above 293T cells. On the third day, cells were fixed and examined for expression ofthe plasmid.
The percentage of cells transfected was estimated by staining with X-gal and counting the fraction of cells transfected in 5 randomly chosen locations. β-galactosidase activity was determined using the Galacto-Light chemiluminescent reporter assay for the detection of β-gal (Tropix, Inc. Bedford, MA, USA). The relative light units (RLU) recorded from a (Turner Designs, Sunnyvale, CA, USA) luminometer are normalized with respect to the mass of protein present, which was determined using the BCA Protein Assay (Pierce Biochemicals, Rockford, IL, USA). These studies showed a large percentage ofthe cultured cells were transfected, indicating that the incoφorated and released DNA remained functional. The in vitro transfection was quantified by analyzing both the percentage of transfected cells
(FIG. 2A), and the enzymatic activity of β-galactosidase in the transfected cells (FIG. 2B). Both remained high for DNA released at all times. Photographs of cells transfected by plasmid DNA released from the PLGA sponges over the first 70 days also supported the quantitative results.
EXAMPLE XVI IN VIVO GENE TRANSFER FROM CONTROLLED PORE-DNA MATRICES
In addition to the in vitro studies of Example XV, the present example shows that implantation of the DNA-releasing matrices leads to transfection of the cells within and surrounding the matrix in vivo.
The ability of the released plasmid to transfect cells in vivo was assessed by implantation of the PLGA sponges containing plasmid DNA into subcutaneous tissue of Lewis rats (100-150g). Marker gene studies utilized nt β-gal for determination of the location of transfected cells. Histological sections cut from frozen tissues were examined following staining with X-gal (Gibco).
The total number of transfected cells per implant was estimated by quantifying the number of transfected cells per section (manual counting), and multiplying by the ratio ofthe thickness ofthe matrix (1.3 cm) to the thickness ofthe section (10 μm).
Controlled pore structural matrices, fabricated as in the previous examples, and loaded with the nuclear targeted β-galactosidase plasmid were implanted into the subcutaneous tissue in the back of Lewis rats. At 2 and 4 weeks, implants were retrieved, sectioned, and stained for expression of the plasmid. At two weeks, a large number of cells surrounding the matrix were transfected. At four weeks, a greater number of transfected cells were detected in the implant periphery, in comparison to the two week sample. Higher magnifications demonstrated the nuclear specific staining of the transfected cells within this region, confirming expression of the delivered nt β-gal plasmid.
EXAMPLE XVII
IN VIVO TISSUE GROWTH USING
CONTROLLED PORE MATRICES WITH PDGF
The present example shows that implantation of controlled pore structural matrices containing plasmid DNA encoding platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) stimulates tissue growth in vivo.
PDGF has a major role in the wound healing response and has been shown to affect matrix deposition and to enhance vascularization (Raines and Ross, 1993). The present studies utilized the pNGVL-1 vector containing the gene encoding for human recombinant PDGF B-chain.
These studies first used delivery of the PDGF-encoding plasmid DNA from the structural matrices, wherein release of the nt β-gal plasmid from the same type of matrices served as a control. The potential physiological responses were measured
2 and 4 wks after subcutaneous implantation into Lewis rats. Each animal (n=5) was implanted with both the PDGF-encoding plasmid and the control, nt β-gal plasmid.
Implants retrieved at 2 and 4 weeks were fixed, embedded in paraffin, and sectioned. Histological sections were analyzed for the number of blood vessels (FIG. 3A), the area of blood vessels (FIG. 3B), and the granulation layer thickness (FIG. 4) following staining with the Masson's trichrome procedure.
To quantify the three physiological responses in the histological sections, images were captured to a computer and analyzed. The number and area of blood vessels and the thickness of the granulation layer were determined for each condition. Blood vessel number and area were quantified at 400X magnification. The thickness of the granulation layer was determined from images captured at either 20X or 40X.
Statistical analysis ofthe data was performed using the software program Instat.
The studies demonstrated that tissues containing polymer matrices releasing the PDGF plasmid had an increase in vascularization (FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B), an increase in granulation tissue (FIG. 4) and a loss of adipose tissue adjacent to the muscle layer. In addition to these effects on vascularization and the granulation layer, changes within the muscle layer were also seen with the PDGF encoding plasmid; an effect not seen in the control samples. This effect, at a distance from the implant, is important as it shows that tissues removed from the site of implant can be affected using the present gene-matrix delivery invention.
Quantification of the samples at both 2 wk and 4 wk showed a statistically significant increase in the number and area of blood vessels (FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B) and the thickness of the granulation tissue (FIG. 4) for matrices releasing PDGF as compared to matrices releasing the control plasmid. At 2 weeks, the statistically significant difference had a value of p<0.05 for all three responses (FIG. 3A; FIG. 3B; FIG. 4).
At 4 weeks, the statistically significant difference between control and PDGF encoding plasmid was even larger (p<0.0l) (FIG. 5 A, FIG. 5B and FIG. 6). The significant increases in the vessel number and granulation layer thickness from 2 wk to 4 wk in animals receiving PDGF-releasing polymer matrices is important as it indicates that the delivered gene continued to be expressed and had an increasing effect on tissue formation over time. Control DNA released from these matrices did not exhibit a significant increase between 2 and 4 wk for any of the parameters measured.
To confirm that the matrix-mediated delivery of the PDGF plasmid was responsible for the observed effects, PDGF-encoding plasmids were also directly injected into the subcutaneous pocket (400 μg of plasmid (the average quantity of plasmid incoφorated into each matrix) in 100 μL). Histological sections obtained following direct plasmid injection showed no significant difference for PDGF delivery as compared to control. Quantification ofthe samples showed no significant effect on the thickness of the granulation tissue (p>0.l) (FIG. 5 A) or the number of blood vessels (p>0.1) (FIG. 5B) with this method of plasmid delivery. These negative results are in accordance with the studies of Ledley (1996).
EXAMPLE XVIII POLYSACCHARIDE AND ALGINATE MATRICES Each of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/026,362, filed
September s, 1996; U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/026,467, filed September s, 1996; U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/041,565, filed March 21, 1997 and PCT Application Serial PCT/US97/16890, filed September 19, 1997 are specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the piuposes of describing the preparation and use of further unique polymeric materials and matrices thereof.
In particular, the foregoing applications, specifically incoφorated herein by reference, teach the preparation and use of polysaccharides modified to bind biological agents covalently and also provide mechanisms for dissolution of the covalent bond to effect release of the biological agents of interest. Particularly disclosed are alginates modified so that they have controllable physical properties, such as sol-gel properties, and the like.
More particularly, the foregoing incoφorated applications describe modified alginates that comprise at least one alginate chain section to which is bonded at least one molecule useful for cellular interaction. Preferred bonding mechanisms are those utilizing one or more uronic acid residues on the alginate chain section. As described in each of the foregoing applications, the biomolecules useful for cellular interaction are exemplified by cell adhesion molecules, cell attachment peptides, proteoglycan attachment peptide sequences, proteoglycans, and polysaccharides exhibiting cell adhesion. Particular examples are RGD peptides, fibronectin, vitronectin, Laminin A,
Laminin BI, Laminin B2, collagen 1 or thrombospondin. Various polypeptide or peptide growth factors or enzymes may also be used as the cellular interacting molecules.
In certain embodiments, the alginate backbone of the modified alginate composition may comprise an oligomeric block unit of D-mannuronate, L-guluronate, or various combinations thereof. Alginates with naturally occurring alginate chain sections are also suitable for use in the modified alginate compositions.
In general, the alginate chain sections will have a molecular weight of about 30,000, about 50,000 or up to about 100,000 or more.
As described in each of the foregoing applications, specifically incoφorated herein by reference, the modified alginate compositions are suitable for formulation into an injectable composition or solution for use as a cell transplantation matrix. All such matrices can be used in combination with genes or DNA to prepare the DNA-matrix formulations of the present invention. The modified alginate compositions form a network for viable cells to multiply, and are thus effective cell transplantation matrices. The modified alginate components of such matrices may be considered to be "hydrogels".
In certain embodiments, the modified alginates may contain at least one alginate chain section bonded to a polymeric backbone section and/or at least one alginate chain section cross-linked to another alginate chain section on the same or a different molecule. Thus, the polymers may comprise polymeric backbone sections and various side chains bonded to the backbone, optionally through a biological linker. Appropriate linkers are those involving amino acids, amino aldehydes, amino alcohols, or derivatized groups such as hydrazine, hydrazide, or semicarbazide. Appropriate backbone sections are therefore various natural and synthetic polymers, such as peptides and polypeptides, poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(ethylene oxide), and poly(uronic acid) in addition to the alginate-based polymers.
As described in each of the foregoing U.S. and PCT patent applications, each incoφorated herein by reference, biodegradable linkers may be provided to form cleavable bonds between the backbone section and the side chain. Exemplary biodegradable bonds are those wherein a linker is bonded to the polymeric backbone section by an ester, imine, hydrozone or semicarbazone group.
Also provided by the foregoing incoφorated applications are alginate materials that comprise alginate chains with covalently bonded cross-linking between the chains. This provides alginate material that is cross-linked to the extent such that it resumes essentially its original shape after compression. In certain aspects, the alginate material has sol-gel properties. The alginate material may additionally be gelled by the action of a divalent cation.
In the cross-linked, form-retaining alginate materials, the alginate chains may be cross-linked with a polyfunctional cross-linking agent having at least two functional groups that are covalently bonded to reactable groups within the alginate chains, such as carboxylic or uronic acid groups. These bifunctional cross-linking agents may therefore comprise at least two nitrogen-containing functional groups, as exemplified by containing at least two imine, hydrozide or semicarbazide functional groups, or combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the cross-linking agents will be lysine or an alkyl ester thereof.
The flexible, cross-linked alginates can generally vary between forms in which 1-75 mole% of the carboxylic or uronic acid groups in the alginate chains are cross- linked. About 1, about 5, about 10, about 20, about 50 and about 75 mole% cross- linking provides useful polymers. The various cross-linked alginate materials can thus be formulated in a viscous liquid form or in a swellable gel form. As mentioned above, these alginate materials may also be fabricated in non-swellable, compression-resistant forms having "shape memory properties". Any of these various alginate liquids, gels or shape-memory gels may also be bonded to other biomolecules, particularly any of the foregoing molecules useful for cellular interactions.
In the DNA-focused methods ofthe present invention, the genes or DNA may be linked to any one or more of the foregoing modified alginate compositions via a covalent bond, and preferably, via a biodegradable or releasable bond. Equally, as with any other structural matrix, genetic material may simply be physically and functionally associated with a matrix, and there is no particular requirement for covalent bonding.
U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/128,681, filed April 09, 1999, is specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer for the purposes of describing the preparation and use of further unique polymeric materials and matrices thereof. In particular, this application teaches the preparation and use of porous hydrogel materials formed by first creating gas pockets in the gel and then removing the gas to create a material with an open, interconnected pore structure that is maintained over extended time periods and has high mechanical integrity.
All of the compositions, methods and apparatus disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions, methods and apparatus of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions, methods and apparatus, and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the methods described herein, without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents that are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
REFERENCES
The following references, to the extent that they provide exemplary procedural or other details supplementary to those set forth herein, are specifically incoφorated herein by reference without disclaimer.
Atala et α/., J Urology, 152:641-643, 1994.
Beck, Deguzman, Lee, Xu, McFatridge, Gillett, Amento, "TGF-beta 1 induces bone closure of skull defects", J. Bone Miner. Res., 11:1257-65, 1991.
Boden, Joyce, Oliver, and Bolander, "Estrogen receptor mRNA expression in callus during fracture healing in the rat", Calcif. Tissue Int. 45:34-325, 1989.
Cavallaso, Kemp, Kraus, "Collagen Fabrics as Biomaterials," Biotechnology and Bioengineering, 43:781-791, 1994.
Chen, Bates, Dudley, Hammonds, and Amento, "Bone moφhogenetic protein-2b stimulation of growth and osteogenic phenotypes in rat osteoblast-like cells: comparison with TGF-beta V , J. Bone Miner. Res., 6:1387-93, 1991.
Davidson, Allen, Kozarsky, Wilson, and Roessler, "A model system for in vivo gene transfer into the central nervous system using an adenoviral vector", Nature Genetics 3:219-223, 1993.
Deuel, "Growth factors," In: Principles of Tissue Engineering, R.P. Lanza, R. Langer, and W.L. Chick (eds.), Academic Press, San Diego, 1997.
Fang, Zhu, Smiley, Bonadio, Rouleau, Goldstein, McCauley, Davidson, Roessler, "Stimulation of new bone formation by direct transfer of osteogenic plasmid genes," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 93:5753-5758, 1996.
Gailet et al, Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol, 6:717-725, 1994.
Ghosh-Choudhury, G. and Graham, F. L. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 147:964-973, 1987.
Giannobile, "Periodontal tissue engineering by growth factors," Bone, 19(1S):23S-37S, 1996.
Gluzman, Y., Reichl, H., and Solmck, D. in: Eukaryotic Viral Vectors (Gluzman, Y., ed) pp. 187-192, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 1982.
Gotoh et al, Cytotechnology, 11:35, 1993. Hanks CT. et al, In: Restorative Dental Materials; Craig, R.G., ed., Ninth Edition, Mosby, 1993.
Harris, Kim, Mooney, "Open pore biodegradable matrices formed with gas foaming," J. Bio ed. Mat. Res., 42:396-402, 1998.
Hedley, Curley, Urban, "Microspheres containing plasmid-encoded antigens elicit cytotoxic T-cell responses," Nature Medicine, 4(3):365-368, 1998.
Hendy, Kronenberg, Potts, and Rich, "Nucleotide sequence of cloned cDNAs encoding human preproparathyroid hormone", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 78:7365-7369, 1981.
Horowitz, Einhorn, Philbrick, et al, "Functional and molecular changes in colony stimulating factor secretion by osteoblasts", Connective Tissue Res. 20:159- 168, 1989.
Ishaug, Yaszemski, Biciog, Mikos, "Osteoblast Function on Synthetic Biodegradable Polymers", J Biomed. Mat. Res., 28:1445-1453, 1994.
Jingushi, Heydemann, Kana, Macey and Bolander, "Acidic fibroblast growth factor injection stimulates cartilage enlargement and inhibits cartilage gene expression in rat fracture healing", J. Orthop. Res. 8:364-371, 1990.
Jong, Jacob, Yip, Gardner, Seitelman, Whitney, Montgomery, Mathiowitz, J. Cont. Rel, 47:123-134, 1997.
Karlsson, S., Van Doren, K., Schweiger, S.G., Nienhuis, A.W., and Gluzman, Y. EMBOJ., 5, 2377-2385, 1986.
Kim and Mooney, "Development of biocompatible synthetic extracellular matrices for tissue engineering," Tr. Biotech, 16:224-230, 1998.
Kyte & Doolittle, J. Mol. Biol. 157:105-132, 1982.
Labhasetwar, Bonadio, Goldstein, Chen, Levy, "A DNA controlled-release coating for gene transfer: transfection in skeletal and cardiac muscle," J. Pharm. Sci., 87(11):1347-1350, 1998.
Langer, "New methods of drug delivery," Science, 249:1527-1533, 1992.
Langer, "Drug delivery and targeting," Nature, 392S:5-10, 1998.
Langer and Vacanti, "Tissue Engineering," Science, 260:920-926, 1993. Ledley, "Pharmaceutical approach to somatic gene therapy," Pharm. Res., 13(1 1):1595-1614, 1996.
Lo, Ponticiello, Leong, "Fabrication of controlled release biodegradable foams by phase separation," Tissue Engineering, 1 :15-28, 1995.
Majmudar, Bole, Goldstein, Bonadio, "Bone cell culture in a three-dimensional polymer bead stabilizes the differentiated phenotype and provides evidence that osteoblastic cells synthesize type III collagen and fibronectin", J Bone and Min. Res. 6:869-881, 1991.
Matthew et al, Biomaterials, 16:265-274, 1995.
McGrory, W. J., Bautista, D. S., and Graham, F. L. Virol, 163, 614-617, 1988.
Mikos, Thorsen, Czerwonka, Bao, and Langer, "Preparation and characterization of poly(L-lactic acid) foams," Polymer, 35:1068-1077, 1994.
Mooney, Kaufmann, Sano, McNamara, Vacanti, Langer, "Transplantation of hepatocytes using porous biodegradable sponges," Transplantation
Proceedings, 26:3425-3426, 1994.
Mooney and Langer, "Engineering biomaterials for tissue engineering: the 10-100 micron scale", In: Biomedical Engineering Handbook (Ed., Bronzino), CRC Press, 1609-1618, 1995.
Mooney, Park, Kaufmann, Sano, McNamara, Vacanti, Langer, "Biodegradable sponges for hepatocyte transplantation," J Biomed. Mat. Res., 29:959-965,
1995.
Mooney, Baldwin, Suh, Vacanti, Langer, "Novel approach to fabricate porous sponges of poly(D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid) without the use of organic solvents," Biomaterials, 17:1417-1422, 1996.
Mooney, Kim, Vacanti, Langer and Atala, In: Principles of Tissue Engineering, Academic Press, 264, 1997.
Mooney, Sano, Kaufmann, Majahod, Schloo, Vacanti, Langer, "Long-term engraftment of hepatocytes transplanted on biodegradable polymer sponges," J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 37:413-420, 1997.
Nor, Christensen, Mooney, Polverini, "VEGF enhances the survival of endothelial cells and sustains angiogenesis by inducing expression of Bcl-2," Am. J. Pathol, 154:375-84, 1999. Park, Baldwin, Sub, "Effect of the Pressure Drop Rate on Cell Nucleation in Continuous Processing of Microcellular Polymers," Polymer Engineering and Science, 35,432-440, 1995.
Peters and Mooney, "Synthetic extracellular matrices to guide tissue formation," In: Tissue Engineering for Therapeutic Use 2, Y. Ikada and S. Enomoto (eds.), Elsevier, Amsterdam 1998.
Raines and Ross, "Platelet-derived growth factor in vivo," In: Biology of Platelet-Derived Growth Factor, B. Westermark and C. Sorg (eds.), Karger,
Switzerland, 1993.
Raisz and Kream, "Regulation of bone formation", N. Engl. J. Med. 309:29-35, 1983.
Rosenfeld, M. A., Siegfried, W., Yoshimura, K., Yoneyama, K., Fukayama, M., Stier, L. E., Paakkδ, P. K., Gilardi, P., Stratford-Perricaudet, L. D., Perricaudet, M., Jallat, S., Pavirani, A., Lecocq, J. -P., and Crystal, R. G. Science, 252, 431-434, 1991.
Rosenfeld, M. A., Yoshimura, K., Trapnell, B. C, Yoneyama, K., Rosenthal, E. R., Dalemans, W., Fukayama, M., Bargon, J., Stier, L. E., Stratford-Perricaudet, L. D., Perricaudet, M., Guggino, W. B., Pavirani, A., Lecocq, J. -P., and Crystal, R. G. Cell, 68, 143-155, 1992.
Rothman, Kulik, Taubman, Berk, Smith, Nadal-Ginard, "Development and characterization of a cloned rat pulmonary arterial smooth muscle cell line that maintains differentiated properties through multiple subcultures," Circulation, 86:1977-1986, 1992.
Sampath and Reddi, "Dissociative extraction and reconstitution of extracellular matrix components involved in local bone differentiation", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 78:7599-7603, 1981.
Shea et al., "Biodegradable Polymer Matrices in Dental Tissue Engineering," In: Tissue Engineering: Fundamentals and Concepts, Chapter III.6, 1977.
Smidsrød et al, TIBTECH, 8:71-78, 1990.
Stein, Lian, Stein, Van Wijnen, Montecino, "Transcriptional control of osteoblast growth and differentiation," Phys. Rev. , 76(2):593-629, 1996.
Stratford-Peπicaudet, Makeh, Perricaudet, and Birand, "Widespread long-term gene transfer to mouse skeletal muscles and heart", J. Clin. Invest. 90:626-630, 1992. Stratford-Perricaudet, L. D., Levrero, M., Chasse, J. -F., Perricaudet, M., and Briand, P. Hum. Gene Ther., 1, 241-256, 1992.
Thomsen, D.R., Stenberg, R.M., Goins, W.F., and Stinski, M.F. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81, 659-663, 1984.
Wong, and Mooney, "Synthesis and properties of biodegradable polymers used as synthetic matrices for tissue engineering," In: Synthetic Biodegradable Polymer Scaffolds, A. Atala and D.J. Mooney (eds.), Birkhausen, Boston, 1997.
Yasko, Lane, Fellinger, Rosen, Wozney, and Wang, "The healing of segmental bone defects, induced by recombinant human bone moφhogenetic protein (rhBMP- 2). A radiographic, histological, and biomechanical study in rats". J. Bone Joint Surg. , 5:659-70, 1992.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A composition comprising at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural matrix, wherein:
(a) at least a portion of said structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer; or
(b) at least a portion of said structural matrix is an alginate or modified alginate matrix.
2. The composition of claim 1 , wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
3. The composition of claim 2, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that has an open pore structure.
4. The composition of claim 3, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that has an interconnected pore structure.
5. The composition of claim 2, wherein said structural matrix consists essentially of a porous polymer that has an open pore structure.
6. The composition of claim 2, wherein said structural matrix comprises at least a first matrix portion comprised of said porous polymer integrally connected to at least a second matrix portion comprised of an impermeable polymer.
7. The composition of claim 6, wherein said at least a first matrix portion is comprised of a porous polymeric material that has a substantially uniform open pore structure, and wherein said at least a second matrix portion is comprised of the same polymeric material in a form that lacks an open pore structure.
8. The composition of claim 2, wherein said structural matrix is a biocompatible matrix.
9. The composition of claim 2, wherein said structural matrix is a biodegradable matrix.
10. The composition of claim 2, wherein said structural matrix is a biocompatible and biodegradable matrix.
11. The composition of claim 2, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is comprised of a lactic acid polymer, glycolic acid polymer or lactic acid/glycolic acid copolymer matrix.
12. The composition of claim 11, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is comprised of a lactic acid/glycolic acid (PLGA) copolymer matrix.
13. The composition of claim 1, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is an alginate or modified alginate matrix.
14. The composition of claim 13, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is a modified alginate matrix that comprises at least one alginate chain section bonded to at least one molecule that mediates cellular interactions.
15. The composition of claim 14, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is a modified alginate matrix that comprises at least one alginate chain section bonded to at least one cellular interaction molecule selected from the group consisting of cell adhesion molecules, cell attachment peptides, proteoglycan attachment peptide sequences, proteoglycans, cell adhesion polysaccharides, growth factors and cell adhesion enzymes.
16. The composition of claim 15, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is a modified alginate matrix that comprises at least one alginate chain section bonded to at least one cellular interaction molecule selected from the group consisting of an RGD peptide, fibronectin, vitronectin, Laminin A, Laminin BI, Laminin B2, collagen 1 and thrombospondin.
17. The composition of any preceding claim, wherein said nucleic acid segment is a DNA molecule.
18. The composition of any preceding claim, wherein said nucleic acid segment is an antisense nucleic acid molecule.
19. The composition of any preceding claim, wherein said nucleic acid segment is comprised within a plasmid or recombinant expression vector.
20. The composition of claim 19, wherein said nucleic acid segment is comprised within a recombinant viral expression vector.
21. The composition of claim 20, wherein said nucleic acid segment is operatively positioned downstream from a promoter within a recombinant adenovirus, a recombinant adeno-associated virus (AAV) or a recombinant retrovirus.
22. The composition of claim 19, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a selected protein or polypeptide.
23. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a selected marker protein.
24. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a protein or polypeptide that stimulates a bone progenitor cell when expressed in said cell.
25. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a protein or polypeptide that stimulates a wound healing fibroblast or repair cell when expressed in said cell.
26. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes an antigenic or immunogenic protein or polypeptide that stimulates an immune response when expressed by an antigen presenting cell.
27. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a cytotoxic or apoptosis-inducing protein or polypeptide that induces cell death upon expression in a cell.
28. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a transcription or elongation factor, cell cycle control protein, kinase, phosphatase, DNA repair protein, oncogene, tumor suppressor, angiogenic protein, anti-angiogenic protein, immune response stimulating protein, cell surface receptor, accessory signaling molecule, transport protein, enzyme, anti-bacterial or anti-viral protein or polypeptide.
29. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a hormone, neurotransmitter, growth factor, growth factor receptor, interferon, interleukin, chemokine, cytokine, colony stimulating factor or chemotactic factor protein or polypeptide.
30. The composition of claim 29, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a growth hormone (GH) protein or polypeptide, a parathyroid hormone (PTH) protein or polypeptide or a PTHl-34 polypeptide.
31. The composition of claim 29, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a bone moφhogenetic protein (BMP) protein or polypeptide.
32. The composition of claim 31, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a BMP-2A, BMP-2B, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7 or BMP-8 protein or polypeptide.
33. The composition of claim 29, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a transforming growth factor-╬▒ (TGF-╬▒), TGF-╬▓l or TGF-╬▓2 protein or polypeptide or a latent TGF╬▓ binding protein (LTBP) protein or polypeptide.
34. The composition of claim 29, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes an activin inhibin protein or polypeptide, a fibroblast growth factor (FGF), a granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor (GMCSF), an epidermal growth factor (EGF), a platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), an insulin-like growth factor (IGF) or a leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF).
35. The composition of claim 22, wherein said nucleic acid segment encodes a selected human protein or polypeptide.
36. The composition of any preceding claim, comprising at least a first and second nucleic acid segment.
37. The composition of any preceding claim, comprising a plurality of nucleic acid segments.
38. The composition of any preceding claim, further comprising a population of cells.
39. The composition of claim 38, wherein at least a portion of said nucleic acid segment is taken up by the cells comprised within said composition.
40. The composition of any preceding claim, prepared by admixing at least a first nucleic acid segment with said structural matrix.
41. The composition of claim 2, prepared by a process that comprises leaching out the particulate material from a composition comprising a gas foamed polymeric material, at least a first nucleic acid segment and a leachable particulate material.
42. The composition of claim 2, prepared by a process that comprises the steps of:
(a) preparing an admixture comprising at least a first nucleic acid segment, particles capable of forming a polymeric material and a leachable particulate material;
(b) subjecting said admixture to a gas foaming process to create a porous polymeric material that comprises said at least a first nucleic acid segment and said leachable particulate material; and
(c) subjecting said porous polymeric material to a leaching process that removes said leachable particulate material from said porous polymeric material, thereby producing a polymeric material of additional porosity that comprises said at least a first nucleic acid segment.
43. The composition of claim 42, wherein said leaching process is conducted in vitro by subjecting said porous polymeric material to a leaching agent.
44. The composition of claim 42, wherein said leaching process is conducted in vivo by exposing said porous polymeric material to body fluids.
45. A composition in accordance with any preceding claim for use in the controlled release of nucleic acids.
46. A composition in accordance with any preceding claim for use in expressing at least a first nucleic acid segment in a cell.
47. A composition in accordance with any preceding claim for use in culturing recombinant cells that express said at least a first nucleic acid segment.
48. A composition in accordance with any preceding claim for use in gene transfer to cells within a tissue site of an animal.
49. Use of a composition in accordance with any preceding claim in the manufacture of a medicament for gene therapy.
50. Use according to claim 49, wherein said medicament is for use in stimulating bone tissue growth.
51. Use according to claim 49, wherein said medicament is for use in promoting wound healing, tissue regeneration or organ regeneration.
52. Use according to claim 49, wherein said medicament is for use in generating an immune response.
53. Use according to claim 49, wherein said medicament is for use in killing aberrant, malignant or virally-infected cells.
54. Use according to claim 49, wherein said medicament is for use in cell transplantation, tissue engineering or guided tissue regeneration.
55. A gene transfer kit comprising a gene-matrix composition in accordance with any one of claims 1 to 48 in at least a first suitable container.
56. The kit of claim 55, wherein the at least a first nucleic acid segment and the structural matrix are physically associated within a single container.
57. An implantable medical device comprising a gene-matrix composition in accordance with any one of claims 1 to 48 in a bioimplantable form.
58. A method for making a structural matrix-nucleic acid composition, comprising providing at least a first nucleic acid segment to a structural matrix, wherein at least a portion of said structural matrix is comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
59. The method of claim 58, comprising leaching out the particulate material from a composition comprising a gas foamed polymeric material, at least a first nucleic acid segment and a leachable particulate material.
60. The method of claim 59, comprising the steps of:
(a) preparing an admixture comprising particles capable of forming a polymeric material, at least a first nucleic acid segment and a leachable particulate material;
(b) subjecting said admixture to a gas foaming process to create a porous polymeric material that comprises said at least a first nucleic acid segment and said leachable particulate material; and
(d) subjecting said porous polymeric material to a leaching process that removes said leachable particulate material from said porous polymeric material, thereby producing a polymeric material of additional porosity that comprises said at least a first nucleic acid segment.
61. The method of claim 60, wherein said admixture is compression molded into a selected size and shape prior to executing the gas foaming process of step (b).
62. The method of claim 60, wherein the gas foaming process of step (b) comprises subjecting said admixture to an elevated pressure atmosphere of an inert gas in a manner effective to dissolve said gas into said polymeric material, and subjecting the gas-dissolved polymeric material to thermodynamic instability in a manner effective to cause nucleation and growth of gas pores sufficient to produce a continuous matrix of polymeric material that comprises said at least a first nucleic acid segment and said leachable particulate material.
63. The method of claim 62, wherein said thermodynamic instability is created by reducing said elevated pressure atmosphere.
64. The method of claim 62, wherein said inert gas is CO2
65. The method of claim 60, wherein said leachable particulate material is a water- soluble leachable particulate material.
66. The method of claim 65, wherein said leachable particulate material is a salt.
67. The method of claim 66, wherein said leachable particulate material is NaCl.
68. The method of claim 65, wherein said leachable particulate material is a sugar.
69. The method of claim 68, wherein said leachable particulate material is glucose, sucrose or mannitol.
70. The method of claim 60, wherein said leaching process is conducted in vitro by contacting said porous polymeric material with a leaching agent.
71. The method of claim 60, wherein said leaching process is conducted in vivo by exposing said porous polymeric material to body fluids.
72. A method for the controlled release of nucleic acids, comprising allowing the release of at least a first nucleic acid segment from a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition that comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion fabricated from a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
73. The method of claim 72, wherein the release of said at least a first nucleic acid segment from said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition is controlled by controlling the rate of degradation or dissolution of said structural matrix.
74. The method of claim 72, wherein the release of said at least a first nucleic acid segment from said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition is controlled by controlling diffusion through the pores in said structural matrix.
75. A method for providing at least a first nucleic acid segment to a cell, comprising contacting said cell with a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to release at least a first nucleic acid segment from said nucleic acid- structural matrix composition; wherein said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
76. The method of claim 75, wherein said at least a first nucleic acid segment is released from said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition by degradation of said structural matrix, dissolution of said structural matrix or by diffusing through pores in said structural matrix.
77. The method of claim 75, wherein said at least a first nucleic acid segment is released from said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition by desoφtion from said structural matrix.
78. A method for expressing at least a first nucleic acid segment in a cell, comprising contacting said cell with a nucleic acid-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to express at least a first nucleic acid segment in said cell; wherein said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
79. The method of claim 78, wherein said cell is located in a tissue site of an animal and said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition is provided to said tissue site of said animal.
80. A method for culturing cells, comprising growing cells in contact with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition; wherein said therapeutic gene- structural matrix composition comprises at least a first therapeutic gene in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
81. The method of claim 80, wherein said cells are separated from said therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition and provided to an animal.
82. The method of claim 80, wherein said cells are maintained in contact with said therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition and wherein the cell-therapeutic gene- structural matrix composition is provided to an animal.
83. A method for expressing at least a first nucleic acid segment in cells within a tissue site of an animal, comprising contacting said tissue site with a nucleic acid- structural matrix composition in a manner effective to express at least a first nucleic acid segment in cells within said tissue site; wherein said nucleic acid-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first nucleic acid segment in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
84. The method of claim 83, wherein said at least a first nucleic acid segment expresses a transcriptional product in said cells.
85. The method of claim 83, wherein said at least a first nucleic acid segment expresses a translated protein or polypeptide product in said cells.
86. The method of claim 83, wherein said at least a first nucleic acid segment expresses a selected therapeutic protein or polypeptide product in said cells.
87. The method of claim 86, wherein said at least a first nucleic acid segment expresses a growth or proliferation stimulating protein or polypeptide, a cytotoxic or apoptosis-inducing protein or polypeptide or an antigenic or immunogenic protein or polypeptide product in said cells.
88. The method of claim 83, wherein said cells within said tissue site are bone progenitor cells located within a bone progenitor tissue site or bone fracture site of said animal.
89. The method of claim 88, wherein said bone progenitor cells are stem cells, macrophages, granulation tissue fibroblasts, vascular cells, osteoblasts, chondroblasts or osteoclasts.
90. The method of claim 83, wherein said cells within said tissue site are repair cells or fibroblasts located within a wound tissue site.
91. The method of claim 90, wherein said repair cells or fibroblasts are located within a site of connective tissue injury or organ damage.
92. The method of claim 83, wherein said cells within said tissue site are antigen presenting cells.
93. The method of claim 83, wherein said cells within said tissue site are abeπant or malignant cells.
94. A method for stimulating bone progenitor cells located within a bone progenitor tissue site of an animal, comprising contacting said tissue site with an osteotropic gene-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to express at least a first osteotropic gene in said cells; wherein said osteotropic gene-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first osteotropic gene in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
95. The method of claim 94, wherein said osteotropic gene-structural matrix composition is applied to a bone fracture site or a bone cavity site in said animal.
96. A method for stimulating fibroblasts within a wound tissue site of an animal, comprising contacting said tissue site with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to express at least a first therapeutic gene in said fibroblasts; wherein said therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first therapeutic gene in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
97. A method for promoting wound healing, comprising applying a biocompatible structural matrix containing a therapeutic gene expression construct to a wound site in an animal, so that repair cells that migrate to said wound site infiltrate the matrix, acquire a therapeutic gene expression construct, and express the encoded gene product encoded in vivo, thereby promoting wound healing; wherein said biocompatible structural matrix containing a therapeutic gene expression construct comprises at least a first therapeutic gene expression construct in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
98. A method for generating at least a first immune response in an animal, comprising contacting a tissue site of an animal with an immunogenic gene-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to express at least a first immunogenic gene in antigen presenting cells that migrate into said tissue site, thereby causing said antigen presenting cells to stimulate an antigenic or immunogenic response in said animal; wherein said immunogenic gene-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first immunogenic gene in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
99. The method of claim 98, wherein said immunogenic gene-structural matrix composition comprises a plurality of immunogenic genes obtained from at least a first pathogenic organism.
100. A method for treating diseased cells in an animal, comprising contacting a tissue site of an animal with a cytotoxic gene-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to express at least a first cytotoxic gene in diseased cells within said tissue site; wherein said cytotoxic gene-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first cytotoxic gene in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
101. The method of claim 100, wherein said diseased cells are cancer cells.
102. The method of claim 100, wherein said diseased cells are virally-infected cells.
103. The method of claim 100, wherein said at least a first cytotoxic gene has a direct cytotoxic effect on said diseased cells.
104. The method of claim 100, wherein said at least a first cytotoxic gene induces apoptosis in said diseased cells.
105. The method of claim 100, wherein said at least a first cytotoxic gene inhibits proliferation of said diseased cells.
106. A method for transplanting cells into an animal, comprising applying to a tissue site of an animal a cell-therapeutic gene-structural matrix combination; wherein said cell-therapeutic gene-structural matrix combination comprises a population of cells and at least a first therapeutic gene in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
107. The method of claim 106, wherein the cells of said cell-therapeutic gene- structural matrix combination are recombinant cells that comprise said at least a first therapeutic gene.
108. A method for tissue engineering in an animal, comprising contacting a tissue site of an animal with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to both express at least a first therapeutic gene in cells within said tissue site and to provide a matrix for tissue growth; wherein said therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first therapeutic gene in association with a structural alginate or modified alginate matrix or a structural matrix that comprises at least a portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer.
109. A method for guided tissue regeneration in an animal, comprising contacting a regenerating tissue site of an animal with a therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition in a manner effective to both express at least a first therapeutic gene in cells within said regenerating tissue site and to provide a matrix for tissue regeneration; wherein said therapeutic gene-structural matrix composition comprises at least a first therapeutic gene in association with a structural matrix that comprises at least a first matrix portion comprised of a porous polymer that contains pores formed by gas foaming and pores formed by leaching out of a particulate from the polymer, wherein said first matrix portion is integrally connected to a second matrix portion comprised of an impermeable polymer.
PCT/US1999/010330 1998-05-13 1999-05-12 Sustained dna delivery from structural matrices WO1999058656A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU38986/99A AU3898699A (en) 1998-05-13 1999-05-12 Sustained dna delivery from structural matrices

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US8530598P 1998-05-13 1998-05-13
US60/085,305 1998-05-13
US10905498P 1998-11-19 1998-11-19
US60/109,054 1998-11-19

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999058656A2 true WO1999058656A2 (en) 1999-11-18
WO1999058656A3 WO1999058656A3 (en) 2000-01-06

Family

ID=26772546

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/010330 WO1999058656A2 (en) 1998-05-13 1999-05-12 Sustained dna delivery from structural matrices

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU3898699A (en)
WO (1) WO1999058656A2 (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001035932A2 (en) * 1999-11-18 2001-05-25 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Sustained drug delivery from structural matrices
WO2001040272A2 (en) * 1999-12-01 2001-06-07 Selective Genetics, Inc. In situ bioreactors and methods of use thereof
WO2001076457A2 (en) * 2000-04-11 2001-10-18 Cogent Neuroscience, Inc. Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating conditions, disorders, or diseases involving cell death
WO2001091816A1 (en) * 2000-06-02 2001-12-06 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Delivery systems comprising biocompatible and bioerodable membranes
US6541022B1 (en) 1999-03-19 2003-04-01 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Mineral and cellular patterning on biomaterial surfaces
EP1398042A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-03-17 Lipotek, Inc Transfection of nucleic acid
US6767928B1 (en) 1999-03-19 2004-07-27 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Mineralization and biological modification of biomaterial surfaces
US9402911B2 (en) 2011-12-08 2016-08-02 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Multifunctional small molecules
WO2018015761A1 (en) * 2016-07-21 2018-01-25 University Of Leeds Biocompatible matrices for the transfer of biological molecules
US10022486B2 (en) 2011-06-24 2018-07-17 Gearbox, Llc Device, system, and method including micro-patterned cell treatment array
WO2023192378A1 (en) * 2022-03-29 2023-10-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Scaffolds for modifying immune cells and the uses thereof
US11904006B2 (en) 2019-12-11 2024-02-20 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Poly(diaminosulfide) particle-based vaccine

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010039861A2 (en) 2008-09-30 2010-04-08 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Dendrimer conjugates
WO2010054321A2 (en) 2008-11-07 2010-05-14 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods of treating autoimmune disorders and/or inflammatory disorders
WO2011059609A2 (en) 2009-10-13 2011-05-19 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Dendrimer compositions and methods of synthesis
WO2011059586A2 (en) 2009-10-30 2011-05-19 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Multifunctional small molecules

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1994023738A1 (en) * 1993-04-19 1994-10-27 Medisorb Technologies International L.P. Encapsulation of nucleic acids with conjugates that facilitate and target cellular uptake and gene expression
WO1995022611A2 (en) * 1994-02-18 1995-08-24 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods and compositions for stimulating bone cells
WO1997038729A1 (en) * 1996-04-12 1997-10-23 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan In vivo gene transfer methods for wound healing
WO1997044070A1 (en) * 1996-05-22 1997-11-27 Ben-Gurion University Of The Negev Polysaccharide sponges for cell culture and transplantation
WO1998001160A2 (en) * 1996-07-10 1998-01-15 Danbiosyst Uk Limited Compositions suitable for delivery of genes to epithelial cells
WO1998012228A1 (en) * 1996-09-19 1998-03-26 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Polymers containing polysaccharides such as alginates or modified alginates
WO1998044027A1 (en) * 1997-03-31 1998-10-08 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Open pore biodegradable matrices

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1994023738A1 (en) * 1993-04-19 1994-10-27 Medisorb Technologies International L.P. Encapsulation of nucleic acids with conjugates that facilitate and target cellular uptake and gene expression
WO1995022611A2 (en) * 1994-02-18 1995-08-24 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods and compositions for stimulating bone cells
WO1997038729A1 (en) * 1996-04-12 1997-10-23 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan In vivo gene transfer methods for wound healing
WO1997044070A1 (en) * 1996-05-22 1997-11-27 Ben-Gurion University Of The Negev Polysaccharide sponges for cell culture and transplantation
WO1998001160A2 (en) * 1996-07-10 1998-01-15 Danbiosyst Uk Limited Compositions suitable for delivery of genes to epithelial cells
WO1998012228A1 (en) * 1996-09-19 1998-03-26 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Polymers containing polysaccharides such as alginates or modified alginates
WO1998044027A1 (en) * 1997-03-31 1998-10-08 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Open pore biodegradable matrices

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FANG J. ET AL.: "Stimulation of new bone formation by direct transfer of osteogenic plasmid genes" PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF USA, vol. 93, no. 12, 1996, pages 5753-5758, XP002121280 WASHINGTON US *
KAUFMANN P.M. ET AL.: "Highly porous polymer matrices as a three-dimensional culture system for hepatocytes" CELL TRANSPLANT, vol. 6, no. 5, September 1997 (1997-09), pages 463-468, XP002121279 *
LABHASETWAR V. ET AL.: "Gene-based therapies for resethenosis" ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY REVIEWS, vol. 24, no. 1, 1997, pages 109-120, XP002121281 *
LEWIS K. ET AL.: "Biodegradable poly(L-lactic acid) matrices for the sustained delivery of antisense oligonucelotides" JOURNAL OF CONTROLLED RELEASE, vol. 37, no. 1-2, 1995, pages 173-183, XP000535916 *
SHEA L.D.: "DNA delivery from polymer matrices for tissue engineering" NATURE BIOTHECNOLOGY, vol. 17, no. 6, 1999, pages 551-554, XP002121278 *

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6541022B1 (en) 1999-03-19 2003-04-01 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Mineral and cellular patterning on biomaterial surfaces
US9480773B2 (en) 1999-03-19 2016-11-01 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Mineralization and biological modification of biomaterial surfaces
US9072813B2 (en) 1999-03-19 2015-07-07 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Mineralization and biological modification of biomaterial surfaces
US6767928B1 (en) 1999-03-19 2004-07-27 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Mineralization and biological modification of biomaterial surfaces
WO2001035932A2 (en) * 1999-11-18 2001-05-25 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Sustained drug delivery from structural matrices
WO2001035932A3 (en) * 1999-11-18 2002-03-07 Univ Michigan Sustained drug delivery from structural matrices
WO2001040272A3 (en) * 1999-12-01 2002-01-17 Selective Genetics Inc In situ bioreactors and methods of use thereof
WO2001040272A2 (en) * 1999-12-01 2001-06-07 Selective Genetics, Inc. In situ bioreactors and methods of use thereof
WO2001076457A3 (en) * 2000-04-11 2002-06-27 Cogent Neuroscience Inc Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating conditions, disorders, or diseases involving cell death
WO2001076457A2 (en) * 2000-04-11 2001-10-18 Cogent Neuroscience, Inc. Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating conditions, disorders, or diseases involving cell death
WO2001091816A1 (en) * 2000-06-02 2001-12-06 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Delivery systems comprising biocompatible and bioerodable membranes
EP1398042A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-03-17 Lipotek, Inc Transfection of nucleic acid
US10022486B2 (en) 2011-06-24 2018-07-17 Gearbox, Llc Device, system, and method including micro-patterned cell treatment array
US10610635B2 (en) 2011-06-24 2020-04-07 Gearbox Llc Device, system, and method including micro-patterned cell treatment array
US9402911B2 (en) 2011-12-08 2016-08-02 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Multifunctional small molecules
WO2018015761A1 (en) * 2016-07-21 2018-01-25 University Of Leeds Biocompatible matrices for the transfer of biological molecules
US11904006B2 (en) 2019-12-11 2024-02-20 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Poly(diaminosulfide) particle-based vaccine
WO2023192378A1 (en) * 2022-03-29 2023-10-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Scaffolds for modifying immune cells and the uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU3898699A (en) 1999-11-29
WO1999058656A3 (en) 2000-01-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7427602B1 (en) Sustained DNA delivery from structural matrices
Chen et al. Polymeric growth factor delivery strategies for tissue engineering
Tabata The importance of drug delivery systems in tissue engineering
US7846466B2 (en) Biodegradable scaffolds and uses thereof
JP4114952B2 (en) In vivo gene transfer method for wound healing
WO1999058656A2 (en) Sustained dna delivery from structural matrices
Segers et al. Local delivery of proteins and the use of self-assembling peptides
Kong et al. Design of biodegradable hydrogel for the local and sustained delivery of angiogenic plasmid DNA
US20010044413A1 (en) In situ bioreactors and methods of use thereof
US20020187182A1 (en) Biocompatible fleece for hemostasis and tissue engineering
JP2002502822A (en) Treatment of bone defects with osteoblast precursor cells
US7727543B2 (en) Biodegradable carrier and method for preparation thereof
US20020137706A1 (en) Regulated growth factor delivery for engineered peripheral nerve
AU2002229823A1 (en) Biodegradable carrier and method for preparation thereof
Li et al. BMP-2 plasmid DNA-loaded chitosan films–A new strategy for bone engineering
WO2008026634A1 (en) Mesenchymal cell proliferation stimulator and skeletal system biomaterial
JP2004516230A (en) Medical devices suitable for gene therapy regimens
US20050197304A1 (en) Nucleic acid therapy to enhance cartilage repair
KR20050009731A (en) Non-polymeric hematopoietic cell clots for delivery of active agents
US7521233B2 (en) Methods and devices for promoting endothelial morphogenesis
Williams et al. Biomaterials and cells for revascularization
Rice et al. Controlled release strategies in tissue engineering
JP2002501491A (en) Wound healing composition comprising a fibroblast having a foreign / heterologous gene
Wnek et al. Gene-Activated Matrix/Neil Davies
Carvalho et al. Injectable hydrogels for biomedical formulations

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: KR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase